module 14 gerunds and infinitives (danh động từ...

114
GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh -71- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015 MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ và động từ nguyên mẩu) I. GERUND (Danh động từ) Danh động từ (gerund) là hình thức động từ thêm ing. Danh động từ có thể làm: 1. Subjects (Chủ ngữ) Ví dụ: Swimming is good for our health. (Bơi lội tốt cho sức khỏe.) 2. Objects (Tân ngữ) - Danh động từ làm tân ngữ trực tiếp sau các động từ: admit (thú nhận), appreciate (cảm kích), avoid (tránh), delay (hoãn lại), deny (phủ nhận), discuss (thảo luận), enjoy (thích), imagine (tưởng tượng), involve (có liên quan), keep (giữ, cứ), mention (đề cập), mind (phiền), miss (bỏ lỡ), postpone (hoãn lại), practice (thực hành), recall (nhớ lại), recollect (nhớ lại), report (báo cáo), resent (không hài lòng), resist (phản đối), risk (liều lĩnh), suggest (đề nghị), tolerate (chịu đựng) Ví dụ: We discussed selling the old car. (Chúng tôi đã bàn về việc bán chiếc xe hơi cũ.) He admitted cheating on the test. (Anh ta thú nhận việc gian lận trong kỳ thi.) - Danh động từ làm tân ngữ của giới từ. + Adjective + preposition + Gerund + Noun + preposition + Gerund + Verb + preposition + Gerund Ví dụ: Mary is crazy about playing tennis. (Mary rất thích chơi tennis.) There’s no interest in writing letters. (Viết thư chẳng có gì thú vị cả.) Sue dreams of being a pop star. (Sue mơ trở thành ngôi sao nhạc Pop.) - Danh động từ được dùng sau các cụm từ: be busy (with), can’t / couldn’t help, can’t stand / bear / face, feel like, it’s no good / use, spend time (on), there’s no point in, it’s (not) worth. Ví dụ: He is busy reading the paper. (Anh ấy bận đọc sách.) She couldn’t help laughing. (Cô ấy không nhịn cười được.) 3. Subjective / Objective complements (Bổ ngữ của chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ) - Danh động từ làm bổ ngữ của chủ ngữ. Ví dụ: My favorite sport is swimming. (Bơi lội là môn thể thao yêu thích của tôi.) - Danh động từ làm bổ ngữ của tân ngữ, sau một số động từ: call, catch, discover, feel, find, hear, get, imagine, keep, leave, notice, see, send, set, stop, watch. Ví dụ: I saw him crossing the street. (Tôi thấy anh ấy băng qua đường.) II. TO INFINITIVE VERB (Động từ nguyên mẫu có To) Động từ nguyên mẫu có to được dùng làm: 1. Subjects (Chủ ngữ) Ví dụ: To swim is good for out health. (Bơi lội tốt cho sức khỏe.) 2. Objects (Tân ngữ) - To-infinitive làm tân ngữ trực tiếp sau các động từ:

Upload: dinhtruc

Post on 14-Mar-2018

467 views

Category:

Documents


14 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-71- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

MODULE 14

GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES

(Danh động từ và động từ nguyên mẩu)

I. GERUND (Danh động từ)

Danh động từ (gerund) là hình thức động từ thêm –ing. Danh động từ có thể làm:

1. Subjects (Chủ ngữ)

Ví dụ: Swimming is good for our health. (Bơi lội tốt cho sức khỏe.)

2. Objects (Tân ngữ)

- Danh động từ làm tân ngữ trực tiếp sau các động từ:

admit (thú nhận),

appreciate (cảm kích),

avoid (tránh),

delay (hoãn lại),

deny (phủ nhận),

discuss (thảo luận),

enjoy (thích),

imagine (tưởng tượng),

involve (có liên quan),

keep (giữ, cứ),

mention (đề cập),

mind (phiền),

miss (bỏ lỡ),

postpone (hoãn lại),

practice (thực hành),

recall (nhớ lại),

recollect (nhớ lại),

report (báo cáo),

resent (không hài lòng),

resist (phản đối),

risk (liều lĩnh),

suggest (đề nghị),

tolerate (chịu đựng)

Ví dụ: We discussed selling the old car. (Chúng tôi đã bàn về việc bán chiếc xe hơi cũ.)

He admitted cheating on the test. (Anh ta thú nhận việc gian lận trong kỳ thi.)

- Danh động từ làm tân ngữ của giới từ.

+ Adjective + preposition + Gerund

+ Noun + preposition + Gerund

+ Verb + preposition + Gerund

Ví dụ: Mary is crazy about playing tennis. (Mary rất thích chơi tennis.)

There’s no interest in writing letters. (Viết thư chẳng có gì thú vị cả.)

Sue dreams of being a pop star. (Sue mơ trở thành ngôi sao nhạc Pop.)

- Danh động từ được dùng sau các cụm từ: be busy (with), can’t / couldn’t help, can’t stand /

bear / face, feel like, it’s no good / use, spend time (on), there’s no point in, it’s (not) worth.

Ví dụ: He is busy reading the paper. (Anh ấy bận đọc sách.)

She couldn’t help laughing. (Cô ấy không nhịn cười được.)

3. Subjective / Objective complements (Bổ ngữ của chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ)

- Danh động từ làm bổ ngữ của chủ ngữ.

Ví dụ: My favorite sport is swimming. (Bơi lội là môn thể thao yêu thích của tôi.)

- Danh động từ làm bổ ngữ của tân ngữ, sau một số động từ: call, catch, discover, feel, find,

hear, get, imagine, keep, leave, notice, see, send, set, stop, watch.

Ví dụ: I saw him crossing the street. (Tôi thấy anh ấy băng qua đường.)

II. TO INFINITIVE VERB (Động từ nguyên mẫu có To)

Động từ nguyên mẫu có to được dùng làm:

1. Subjects (Chủ ngữ)

Ví dụ: To swim is good for out health. (Bơi lội tốt cho sức khỏe.)

2. Objects (Tân ngữ)

- To-infinitive làm tân ngữ trực tiếp sau các động từ:

Page 2: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-72- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

afford (có đủ khả năng),

(dis)agree (đồng ý),

arrange (sắp xếp),

appear (hóa ra là),

ask (yêu cầu),

attempt (nổ lực),

care (quan tâm),

choose (chọn),

claim (thừa nhận),

decide (quyết định),

demand (yêu cầu),

deserve (xứng đáng),

expect (mong muốn),

fail (thất bại),

happen (tình cờ),

hesitate (ngập ngừng),

hope (hy vọng),

intend (dự định),

learn (học),

manage (xoay xở),

neglect (sao lãng),

offer (cho),

plan (có kế hoạch),

prepare (chuẩn bị),

pretend (giả vờ),

promise (hứa),

propose (đề nghị),

refuse (từ chối),

seem (dường như),

swear (thề),

tend (có khuynh hướng),

threaten (đe dọa),

vow (thề),

wait (chờ),

want (muốn),

wish (ước mơ),

would like (muốn, thích),

yearn (khát khao),

urge (thúc giục)

Ví dụ: We decide to have a baby. (Chúng tôi quyết định có con.)

They plan to go abroad next year. (Năm sau họ định đi nước ngoài.)

- To-infinitive cũng được dùng sau các cụm từ: to make up one’s mind, to take care, to make

sure, to take the trouble (=to make a special effort to do sth),…

Ví dụ: I’ve made up my mind to be a teacher. (Tôi đã quyết định sẽ làm giáo viên.)

- To-infinitive thường được dùng sau các tính từ diễn tả cảm xúc, phản ứng, và một số tính từ

thông dụng khác.

Ví dụ: I’m curious to know what he said. (Tôi muốn biết anh ấy đã nói gì.)

It’s nice to meet you here. (Thật vui khi gặp bạn ở đây.)

- To-infinitive dùng sau các nghi vấn từ trong lời nói gián tiếp (ngoại trừ why).

Ví dụ: I do not know what to do. (Tôi không biết phải làm gì.)

Can you tell me how to get to the bus stop?

(Làm ơn chỉ tôi làm thế nào để đến trạm xe buýt.)

3. Subjective / Objective complements (Bổ ngữ của chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ)

- To-infinitive làm bổ ngữ của chủ ngữ.

Ví dụ: What you have to do is to work harder.

(Những gì bạn phải làm là học hành chăm chỉ hơn.)

- To-infinitive làm bổ ngữ của tân ngữ, sau động từ + tân ngữ: advise, allow, ask, assume, beg,

believe, cause, challenge, command, compel, consider, enable, encourage, expect, find,

forbid, force, get, guess, hate, help, imagine, intend, instruct, invite, know, lead, like, leave,

love, mean, need, observe, order, permit, prefer, persuade, remind, request, suspect, teach,

tell, temp, think, trust, urge, understand, want, warn, wish,… Ví dụ: My mother wants me to become a doctor. (Mẹ tôi muốn tôi trở thành bác sĩ.)

III. BARE INFINITIVE VERB (Động từ nguyên mẫu không to)

Động từ nguyên mẫu không to được dùng:

- Sau động từ tình thái (modal verbs).

Ví dụ: We must go now. (Giờ chúng tôi phải đi.)

- Sau các động từ: let, make, help, see, hear, feel, watch, notice + tân ngữ.

Ví dụ: We saw her get off the bus. (Chúng tôi thấy cô ta bước xuống xe buýt.)

Page 3: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-73- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

The boss made us work so hard. (Ông chủ bắt chúng tôi làm việc nhiều quá.)

But: She was seen to get off the bus.

We were made to work so hard (by the boss).

* Sau help + object có thể là một động từ nguyên mẫu có to hoặc không có to.

- Sau các cụm từ had better, would rather, had sooner, và sau why hoặc why not.

Ví dụ: I would rather stay at home. (Tôi thích ở nhà hơn.)

Why not stay for lunch? (Sao không ở lại ăn trưa?)

IV. GERUND, TO INFINITIVE, OR BARE INFINITIVE (Danh động từ, động từ

nguyên mẫu có to hoặc động từ nguyên mẫu không to)

Bare-inf. (chỉ sự hoàn tất của hành động)

see, hear, feel,…+ O +

V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

Ví dụ: Mary heard the boy cough. (Mary nghe thằng bé ho.)

They saw the thief breaking into the house. (Họ thấy tên trộm đang đột nhập vào nhà.)

advise, recommend, allow, + object + to-inf

permit, encourage, require + V-ing Ví dụ: They do not permit us to smoke here. (Họ không cho chúng tôi hút thuốc ở đây.)

They do not permit smoking here. (Họ không cho hút thuốc tại đây.)

To-inf. (chỉ hành động ở tương lai/nhiệm vụ cần làm)

forget / remember / regret +

V-ing (chỉ hành động đã qua)

Ví dụ: Remember to call Peter. (Nhớ gọi điện cho Peter đấy.)

I remember calling him yesterday. (Tôi nhớ là đã gọi điện cho anh ấy hôm qua.)

To-inf. (ngừng việc này để làm việc khác)

stop +

V-ing (thôi không làm nữa)

Ví dụ: He stopped to go home early. (Anh ấy nghỉ để về nhà sớm.)

He stopped working because he was tired. (Anh ấy nghỉ làm vì anh ấy mệt.)

To-inf. (cố gắng – chỉ sự nổ lực)

try +

V-ing (thử - chỉ sự thử nghiệm)

Ví dụ: He always tries to learn better. (Anh ấy luôn cố học giỏi hơn.)

Sam tried opening the lock with a paperclip. (Sam thử mở cửa bằng cái kẹp giấy.)

To-inf. (chỉ dự định hoặc ý định)

mean +

V-ing (chỉ sự liên quan hoặc kết quả)

Ví dụ: I meant to go early. (Tôi đã định đi sớm hơn.)

This new order will mean working overtime.

(Mệnh lệnh mới này có nghĩa là phải làm thêm giờ.)

To-inf. (nghĩa chủ động)

need +

V-ing (nghĩa bị động)

Ví dụ: You need to do everything with care. (Bạn cần làm mọi việc thật cẩn thận.)

Everything needs doing (= to be done) with care. (Mọi việc cần được làm cẩn thận.)

To-inf. (chỉ sự thay đổi của hành động)

go on +

V-ing (chỉ sự liên tục của hành động)

Ví dụ: She stopped talking about that and went on to describe her other problems.

(Cô ta không nói điều đó nữa mà chuyển sang một vấn đề khác.)

She went on talking about her illness until we went to sleep.

Page 4: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-74- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

(Cô ấy cứ nói mãi về căn bệnh của mình cho đến khi chúng tôi đi ngủ.)

Begin, start, like, love, hate, continue, cannot / could not bear có thể được theo sau bởi

động từ nguyên mẫu hoặc danh động từ, không có sự khác biệt về nghĩa.

Ví dụ: I began to learn / learning English three years ago.

(Tôi bắt đầu học tiếng Anh cách đây 3 năm)

They like dancing / to dance. (Họ thích khiêu vũ.)

He can’t bear being / to be lonely. (Anh ấy không chịu được cô đơn.)

MULTIPLE CHOICE Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.

1. He is used to ____ up early in the morning.

A. get B. getting C. have gotten D. got

2. The boy was kept indoors ____ naughty.

A. to be B. have been C. for being D. when he

3. I shall never forget ____ with you in Paris last year.

A. staying B. to staying C. to stay D. stayed

4. I am looking forward to ____ you.

A. having seen B. seeing C. to see D. all are wrong

5. I am always remember ____ off the lights before I leave my house.

A. turning B. to turn C. turned D. being turned

6. I can remember ____ very proud and happy when I graduated.

A. to be B. being C. be D. been

7. Did you remember ____ Jack my message?

A. have given B. be given C. giving D. to give

8. What did you forget ____ before you left for class this morning?

A. to do B. doing C. have done D. being done

9. Don’t forget ____ your homework tonight!

A. doing B. to do C. to be done D. having done

10. It’s important ____.

A. not worrying B. not worry C. to not worry D. not to worry

11. That book isn’t worth ____.

A. read B. reading C. being read D. to read

12. It’s no good ____ him the truth now.

A. to tell B. tell C. telling D. not to tell

13. It’s no use ____ you didn’t know.

A. pretending B. pretend C. to pretend D. pretended

14. When I’m on holiday, I enjoy ____ to get up early.

A. not have B. not having C. having not D. not to have

15. Sorry ____ you waiting so long.

A. to keep B. have kept C. keeping D. to keeping

16. That’s all right. I don’t mind ____ waiting.

A. have kept B. having kept C. be kept D. being kept

17. She admitted ____ the money.

A. stolen B. be stealing C. have stolen D. having stolen

18. Would you mind ____ the door?

A. close B. have closed C. closing D. to close

19. William suggested ____ to the cinema.

A. to go B. gone C. go D. going

20. Your shoes need ____.

A. to be cleaned B. cleaning C. to clean D. A&B are correct

21. Our house wants ____.

A. to be decorated B. decorating C. to decorate D. A&B are correct

22. How about ____ a drink?

Page 5: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-75- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. to have B. having C. have D. have had

23. I suggest ____ at home for a change.

A. staying B. to stay C. having stayed D. stay

24. Do you consider ____ our friends on Sunday?

A. to invite B. invite C. inviting D. have invited

25. Would you mind ____ me a hand?

A. to give B. have given C. give D. giving

26. We escaped ____ to the meeting.

A. have been asked B. to be asked C. being asked D. be asked

27. Why did she avoid ____ you?

A. to have met B. meeting C. to meet D. being met

28. I prefer ____ to ____.

A. walking/ cycle B. walk /cycle C. walking /cycling D. to walk /cycling

29. I ran ten kilometers without ____.

A. stop B. stopping C. stopped D. be stopping

30. He is quite used to ____.

A. work hard B. hardly working C. work hard D. working hard

31. I strongly objected to ____ a fee for using my credit card.

A. be charged B. charge C. be charging D. being charged

32. We should avoid ____ our environment.

A. to pollute B. polluted C. polluting D. being polluted

33. Do you consider ____ another job?

A. to get B. to have got C. get D. getting

34. Nobody will approve of your ____ that way.

A. have behaved B. behaving C. having to behave D. behave

35. The tender plants need ____ against the cold weather.

A. protecting B. to protect C. protection D. A&C are correct

36. ____ natural resources is of great importance.

A. Be preserve B. Preserving C. Preserved D. Presevered

37. The exam is coming, so the teachers make their students ____ a lot.

A. working B. worked C. to work D. work

38. Her parents want her ____ a doctor.

A. to become B. become C. to becoming D. becoming

39. It is kind of you ____ me the direction.

A. giving B. give C. to give D. gives

40. The teacher never lets us ____ out when ____.

A. to go/ explains B. go/ explaining C. go/ to explain D. gone / explained

41. Whenever I see an action film, I feel my heart ____ strongly.

A. thump B. to thump C. be thumped D. being thumped

42. These employees are made ____ overtime.

A. work B. to work C. working D. worked

43. I think he is not reliable enough ____ our business.

A. to inform B. informing C. to be informed D. being informed

44. He advised me ____ the facts before I made a decision ____ the job.

A. considering / accept B. to consider/ accepting

C. to consider / accept D. to consider/ to accept

45. Look! Do you see an insect ____ on your foot.

A. to crawling B. crawl C. to crawl D. crawled

46. They spent two months ____ their house.

A. renew B. renewed C. renewing D. to renew

47. Their company was made ____ 100,000 USD in taxes.

A. paying B. to pay C. pay D. paid

Page 6: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-76- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

48. We don’t have enough time ____ the essay so we asked the teacher for a delay.

A. wrote B. writing C. to write D. written

49. I caught her ____ my diary.

A. reading B. read C. to read D. have read

50. ____, Mrs. Pike took the baby in her arms.

A. To smile happily B. Smiled happily

C. Smiling happily D. As soon as smiling happily

51. These workers stopped ____ some coffee because they felt sleepy.

A. to have B. have C. having D. had

52. Due to having a lot of things ____ last night, we missed ____ the film.

A. for doing/to see B. done/saw C. doing/see D. to do/seeing

53. I want to travel because I enjoy ____ people and ____ new places.

A. meet/see B. meeting/seeing C. meeting/to see D. to meet/to see

54. The council considers ____ vehicles from the city center to relieve traffic jams and air

pollution.

A. ban B. banning C. banned D. to banning

55. He risked ____ his house when his company went bankrupt.

A. lose B. to lose C. losing D. lost

56. Did you notice someone ____ the room last night?

A. enter B. to enter C. entered D. entering

57. Loyalty is considered ____ one of the important qualities for true friendship.

A. being B. been C. to be D. be

58. Those tourists were too tired ____ their journey.

A. continue B. to continue C. continuing D. continued

58. He didn’t permit them ____ through the military zone. He forced them ____ another way.

A. going/to go B. to go/to go C. to go/going D. go/go

59. His doctor advised him ____, but he found it impossible ____ his habit.

A. stopped smoking/quit B. to stop to smoke/quitting

C. stopping smoking/for quitting D. to stop smoking/to quit

60. It takes three hours ____ to Paris.

A. getting B. get C. got D. to get

61. They are whispering to avoid ____ by their friends.

A. being heard B. hearing C. to be heard D. being hearing

62. I remember ____ my mother said the carpets needed ____ .

A. to hear/to clean B. to hear/cleaning C. hearing /cleaning D. hearing/to clean

63. Would you like ____ me some tea?

A. make B. making C. made D. to make

64. They reminded me ____ late.

A. to not come B. not coming C. not to come D. to come not

65. The police let him ____ after they had asked him some questions.

A. to leave B. leave C. leaving D. left

66. Would you mind ____ me your pocket calculator?

A. lend B. to lend C. lending D. lent

67. Despite ____ very rich, she is often generous to the poor.

A. is not B. not being C. not to be D. is not

68. She wanted ____ home but the boss made her ____ until she finished ____ those contracts.

A. to go/stay/typing B. going/to stay/to type C. to go/staying/type D. go/stay/typed

69. John suggested ____ to the new branch in Vietnam.

A. appointing B. being appointed C. to appoint D. to be appointed

70. Peter is not used to ____ in front of the public. He often feels too nervous ____ anything.

A. speak/to say B. speak/saying C. spoken/for saying D. speaking/to say

71. Sorry. I forgot ____ this floppy disk to him.

Page 7: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-77- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. give B. to give C. giving D. gives

72. I hate ____.

A. to keep waiting B. to be kept waiting C. being kept waiting D. keep to wait

73. Everyone likes ____ when they have got some success.

A. to congratulate B. to be congratulate

C. to be congratulating D. being congratulated

74. She expected ____ soon, but things seem ____ wrong.

A. promoting/going B. being promoted/to go

C. to be promoted/to go D. to promote/going

75. It is not worth ____ that computer. You had better ____ a new one.

A. to repair/to buy B. repairing/buy C. repairing/buying D. repair/buy

76. ____ farmers ____ in the fields.

A. Watching/works B. Watch/work C. Watching/to work D. Watch/working

77. People didn’t let him ____ into the room. He was made ____ outside.

A. to come/wait B. come/to wait C. coming/waiting D. come/wait

78. They will have some workers ____ their house.

A. redecorate B. to redecorate C. redecorating D. redecorated

79. He warned ____ anything.

A. not to touch B. me to not touch C. me not to touch D. not touching

79. He doesn’t allow ____ in his house.

A. smoke B. to smoke C. to be smoking D. smoking

80. They all denied ____ her.

A. ever having seen B. of seeing C. having ever seen D. to see

81. I tried ____ the window, but it seems not to work.

A. open B. to open C. opening D. opened

82. I used to ____ outdoors.

A. work B. to work C. working D. worked

83. I look forward to ____ home next week.

A. go B. going C. gone D. having gone

84. They made a decision ____ the city.

A. leaving B. leave C. to leave D. left

85. It’s very good of you ____ me how to start this engine.

A. show B. showing C. to show D. shown

86. I’m used to ____ a glass of water before ____ to bed.

A. drink/going B. drinking/go C. drink/to go D. drinking/going

87. It’s no use ____ him ____ part in the competition.

A. persuade/to take B. persuading/to take C. persuade/taking D. to persuade/take

88. I suggested ____ a suit and tie when we went to the interview.

A. to wear B. wear C. worn D. wearing

89. Let the boy ____ it himself before you offer to help.

A. try B. to try C. trying D. tries

90. We regret ____ you that you haven’t been selected for the post of senior manager.

A. informing B. inform C. informed D. to inform

91. I don’t enjoy ____ at by other people.

A. to laugh B. to be laughed C. being laughed D. laughing

92. Ted managed ____ my mind.

A. to change B. changing C. having changed D. change

93. I can’t afford ____ a new car.

A. buying B. to buy C. bought D. buy

94. Julie finally admitted ____ responsible for the problem.

A. to be B. been C. being D. be

95. She keeps ____ to visit us ,but she never does.

Page 8: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-78- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. to promise B. promise C. promises D. promising

Identify the word or phrase that needs correcting.

96. Hellen borrowed my dictionary for look up the spelling of “occurrence”.

A B C D

97. The teacher opened the windows for getting some fresh air in the room.

A B C D

98. I need getting a part-time job to earn some money for my school expenses.

A B C D

99. My mother made me to promise to write them once a week.

A B C D

100. To learn about another country it is very interesting.

A B C D

101. Most students want return home as soon as possible.

A B C D

102. When I went to shopping , I saw a man to drive his car onto the sidewalk.

A B C D

103. I asked my classmate to let me to use his shoes.

A B C D

104. I am looking forward to go to swim in the ocean.

A B C D

105. I had the operator to put the call through for me.

A B C D

MODULE 15

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS

(So sánh tính từ và trạng từ)

I. EQUALITY (So sánh bằng)

AS + adjective / adverb + AS

not AS / SO + adjective / adverb + AS

Ví dụ: I am as tall as my brother. (Tôi cao bằng anh của tôi.)

He cannot run so / as fast as his friends. (Anh ấy không chạy nhanh bằng các bạn.)

- As much / many (noun) as được dùng để nói về số lượng:

Ví dụ: I have not read as many books as my teacher advise me.

(Tôi không đọc nhiều sách như thầy tôi khuyên.)

John does not earn as much money as his wife does.

(John không kiếm được nhiều tiền bằng vợ.)

- Cấu trúc the same (+ noun) as cũng có thể được dùng:

Ví dụ: Laura’s salary is the same as mine. or Laura gets the same salary as me.

(Lương của Laura bằng lương của tôi.)

II. COMPARATIVE (So sánh hơn)

1. So sánh nhiều hơn

- Thêm -er vào sau tính từ / trạng từ có một âm tiết (short adjective / adverb) và tính từ có hai

âm tiết tận cùng bằng y, et, le, er, ow.

- Thêm more vào trước tính từ / trạng từ có hai âm tiết trở lên (long adjective / adverb) ngoại trừ

các tính từ tận cùng y, et, le, er, ow.

short adjective / adverb + -ER + than

more + long adjective / adverb + than

Page 9: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-79- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Ví dụ: Country life is simpler than city life.

(Đời sống ở nông thôn đơn giản hơn đời sống ở thành phố.)

John works harder than his brother. (John làm việc chăm chỉ hơn anh trai anh ấy.)

Gold is more expensive than silver. (Vàng đắt hơn bạc.)

Jane speaks French more fluently than Mary. (Jane nói tiếng Pháp lưu loát hơn Mary.)

- Với danh từ: more + noun + than

Ví dụ: I have more books than Peter does. (Tôi có nhiều sách hơn Peter.)

2. So sánh ít hơn

Ví dụ: This picture is less valuable than that one. (Bức tranh này ít giá trị hơn bức tranh kia.)

- Với danh từ: less + noun + than

Ví dụ: I have less free time than I used to. (Tôi có ít thời gian rãnh rỗi hơn trước đây.)

III. SUPERLATIVE (So sánh nhất)

1. So sánh nhiều nhất

- Thêm -est vào sau tính từ / trạng từ ngắn (short adjective / adverb) và tính từ có hai âm tiết tận

cùng bằng y, et, le, er, ow.

- Thêm most vào trước tính từ / trạng từ dài (long adjective / adverb).

Ví dụ: Tom is the tallest in our class. (Tom là người cao nhất lớp tôi.)

Which watch is the most expensive in your shop?

(Cái đồng hồ nào đắt nhất trong cửa hàng của anh.)

Ví dụ: I like Betty and Maud, but I think Maud is the nicer of the two.

2. So sánh ít nhất

Ví dụ: This hotel is the least comfortable of the three.

(Khách sạng này ít tiện nghi nhất trong ba khách sạn.)

* Lưu ý:

- Much, far, a lot được dùng để nhấn mạnh so sánh hơn.

Ví dụ: She is much / far / a lot more intelligent than I think.

(Cô ấy thông minh hơn tôi nghỉ nhiều.)

- Trong hình thức so sánh tính từ ngắn đứng trước tính từ dài.

Ví dụ: My car is faster and more comfortable than hers.

(Xe hơi của tôi nhanh hơn và tiện nghi hơn xe của cô ấy.)

Hình thức so sánh bất qui tắt

good / well better the best

bad / badly worse the worst

many / much more the most

little less the least

far farther / further the farthest / the further

old older / elder the oldest / the eldest

IV. Double comparative (So sánh kép)

1. So sánh lũy tiến (càng ngày càng)

short adj / adv + ER + and + short adj / adv + ER

MORE / LESS and MORE / LESS + long adj / adv

Ví dụ: The summer is coming. It gets hotter and hotter.

(Mùa hè đang đến. Trời càng ngày càng nóng.)

LESS + adjective + than

the + short adjective / adverb + -EST

the MOST + long adjective / adverb

the least + adjective

Page 10: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-80- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

He is shooting more and more accurately. (Anh ta ném bóng ngày càng chính xác.)

The environment is less and less pure.(Môi trường ngày càng ít trong lành.)

2. So sánh đồng tiến (càng … càng)

The + comparative adj / adv + the comparative adj / adv

Ví dụ: The shorter the line (is), the faster the service (is).

(Hàng càng ngắn phục vụ càng nhanh.)

The more dangerous it is, the more we like it.

(Việc càng nguy hiểm tôi càng thích.)

- More, less có thể được dùng với danh từ trong cấu trúc này

Ví dụ: The more trees we cut, the more floods we suffer.

(Chúng ta càng chặt nhiều cây, chúng ta càng bị nhiều lũ lụt.)

The less you work, the less money you earn.

(Bạn càng làm ít việc, bạn càng kiếm được ít tiền.)

MULTIPLE CHOICE Choose A, B, C or D that best completes the sentence.

1. Ms. Jones isn't as nice ____ Ms. Smith.

A. as B. for C. like D. to

2. The rooms in Graduate Towers are ____ Patterson Hall.

A. larger than B. larger than that of C. larger than those in D. larger than in

3. Although she is very popular, she is not ____ her sister.

A. pretty as B. as pretty C. prettier than D. most pretty than

4. Tuition at an American university runs ____ six thousand dollars a semester.

A. so high as B. as high to C. as high as D. as high than

5. Everyone looks much ____ today than they did yesterday.

A. happy B. more happily C. happily D. happier

6. Mr. Brown receives a ____ salary than anyone else in the company.

A. big B. more bigger C. bigger D. the bigger

7. The Boeing 747 is twice ____ the Boeing 707.

A. bigger than B. as bigger as C. as big as D. more bigger than

8. "Do you know that beautiful lady over there?" "Yes, that's Wanida. She's ____ in her group.

A. more beautiful than any girls B. more beautiful than any other girls

C. so beautiful as other girls D. beautiful more than another girl

9. My young brother grew very quickly and soon he was ____ my mother.

A. more big than B. so big than C. as big as D. too big than

10. He is not ____ tall as his father.

A. the B. as C. than D. more

11. John’s grades are ____ than his sister’s.

A. higher B. more high C. high D. the highest

12. Deana is the ____ of the three sisters.

A. most short B. shorter C. shortest D. more short

13. She speaks English as ____ as her friend does.

A. good B. well C. better D. the best

14. Of the three shirts, this one is the ____.

A. prettier B. most prettiest C. prettiest D. most pretty

15. The baby’s illness is ____ than we thought at first.

A. bad B. worst C. worse D. badly

16. Today is the ____ day of the month.

A. hot B. hotter C. hottest D. hottest than

17. He works more ____ than I do.

A. slow B. slowly C. slowest D. most slowly

Page 11: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-81- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

18. My book is as ____ as yours.

A. good B. well C. better D. the best

19. I love you ____ than I can say.

A. much B. many C. more D. the most

20. It’s ____ to go by bus than by car.

A. cheaper B. cheapest C. more cheap D. more cheaper

21. That house is ____ one on the street.

A. oldest B. the oldest C. old D. older

22. This hotel must be ____ than the small one next door.

A. expensive B. more expensive

C. the most expensive D. the more expensive

23. An orange is ____ than a plum.

A. more large B. more larger C. larger D. the largest

24. What is the ____ thing you have ever done?

A. more difficult B. most difficult C. difficulty D. difficult than

25. This river is ____ than that river.

A. narrow B. narrowest C. narrower D.most narrow

26. The test is not ____ difficult ____ it was last month.

A. as / as B. so / as C. more / as D. A and B

27. Peter usually drives ____ Mary.

A. more fast B. more fast than C. faster than D. B and C

28. My brother sang ____ of all the pupils of the group.

A. more beautifully B. the most beautifully C. less beautifully D. most beautifully

29. At 3,810 meters above sea level in Bolivia stands Lake Titicaca, ____ in the world.

A. the highest large lake B. largest high lake

C. high largest lake D. the high largest lake

30. The hotel was ____ any one we had stayed at before.

A. more expensive than B. more expensive as

C. most expensive than D. better expensive than

31. A: It's a long way from Britain, isn't it?

B: Yes, but it isn't as ____ as Hong Kong.

A. far B. farther C. farthest D. further

32. A: It's hot there, isn't it? – B: It's very ____ during the day.

A. hot B. hotter C. hottest D. hotter than

33. Japan is usually ____ Saudi Arabia in summer.

A. hot than B. as hot so C. cooler than D. so hot as

34. ____ apples are grown in Washington State.

A. Best B. The better C. The best D. The most good

35. She is now ____ she used to.

A. more busy than B. busier than C. more busier than D. busier that

36. This play is ____ than the one we saw last week.

A. as good B. good C. more good D. better

37. Of Charles Dickens’ novels, Great Expectations is perhaps ____ to many readers.

A. the most satisfying one B. most satisfying one

C. more than satisfying one D. the more satisfying than

38. He says: “These neighbors are ____ the others.”

A. friendlier than B. friendly than C. friendlier as D. more friendly than

39. The Mississippi is ____ the Thames.

A. the longer than B. longer than C. the longest than D. more long than

40. ____ tools are screwdrivers, hammers and saws.

A. The usefulness B. The most useful C. The more useful D. The best useful

41. Some computers can work 500,000 times ____ any person can.

Page 12: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-82- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. faster than B. fast than C. fatter than D. more fast than

42. This pen is ____ the other two pens.

A. more expensive as B. the most expensive of

C. more expensive than D. as expensive than

43. The exam was quite easy; ____ we expected.

A. more easy that B. more easy than C. easier than D. easier as

44. The story was really boring. It was ____ I’ve ever read.

A. most boring story B. the more boring story

C. the story more boring D. the most boring story

45. The picture he gave you is more valuable ____ the one he gave me.

A. over B. above C. to D. than

46. Australia’s one of the ____ places in the world for holiday.

A. good B. the best C. better D. best

47. Nam runs ____ than any boy in his class.

A. faster B. more faster C. the fastest D. fastest

48. The Sears Tower is ____ building in Chicago.

A. taller B. the more tall C. the tallest D. taller and taller

49. Peter is ____ John.

A. younger and more intelligent than B. more young and intelligent than

C. more intelligent and young than D. the more intelligent and younger than

50. The Mekong Delta is ____ deltas in Vietnam.

A. the largest of the two B. the more larger of the two

C. one of the two largest D. one of the two larger

51. The more cars people produce, ____ cheaper they are.

A. the B. the cars have C. the more D. the cars are

52. Is her health getting ____ and ____?

A. bad / bad B. good / good C. worse / worse D. more / more

53. ____ we eat, the fatter we become.

A. The much B. The more C. Many D. A lot of

54. The test becomes ____ and ____.

A. hard / hard B. difficult / difficult C. harder / harder D. difficulty / difficulty

55. His health is getting ____ and ____.

A. good / good B. better / better C. bad / bad D. well / well

56. The more paper we save, ____ preserved.

A. more is wood pulp B. the more wood pulp is

C. wood pulp is D. the much wood pulp is

57. The more polluted air we breathe, ____ we get.

A. the more weaker B. the more weak C. the weaker D. weaker more

58. The more we study, the ____ we are.

A. more good B. better C. better than D. good

59. The more I tried my best to help her, ____ she became.

A. less lazy B. the lazier C. the more lazy D. lazier

60. “What’s your thought of her presence here?” - “The longer she stays, ____ I dislike her.”

A. the most B. the very more C. much more D. the more

61. The weather becomes ____.

A. colder with colder B. colder and colder

C. colder and more cold D. more and more cold

62. The more he slept, ____ irritable he became.

A. the most B. the very more C. much more D. the more

63. ____ he worked, the more money he earned.

A. The more hard B. The hard C. The harder D. The hardest

64. ____ I get to know Jim, the more I like him.

Page 13: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-83- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. For more B. More C. The more D. The most

65. The competition makes the price of goods ____.

A. most cheap and cheap B. cheaper and cheaper

C. more cheap and more cheap D. cheaper and more cheaper

66. That factory is producing ____ pollution.

A. more and more B. better and better C. less and least D. more and less

67. The __ I read about history, the __ it makes me realize how relevant history is for us today.

A. more / better B. better / better C. more / more D. better / more

68. The less we study, the ____ we are.

A. worse B. bad C. well D. good

69. ____ the match was, the more spectators it attracted.

A. The most interesting B. The best interesting C. The more interesting D. The interesting

70. The more running water you use, ____.

A. your bill will be higher B. will be higher your bill

C. the higher your bill will be D. the highest your bill will be

Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting.

1. Richard feels good than several days ago.

A B C D

2. Mary and Daisy are both intelligent students. Mary is so intelligent as Daisy.

A B C D

3. I found the conversation as most interesting and I was glad to practice my English.

A B C D

4. The Caspian Sea, a salt lake, is the largest than any other lakes in the world.

A B C D

5. He drives the car more dangerous than his brother does.

A B C D

6. It was the most biggest building that I had ever seen.

A B C D

7. I wish my house were so large as Jone’s.

A B C D

8. The Mekong is one of the longer rivers in the world.

A B C D

9. She can play the piano more good than her sister.

A B C D

10. Many people believe that New York is the most great city in America

A B C D

11. Jessica is only an amateur, but she sings well than most professionals

A B C D

12. This house is more spacious as that white house I bought in Rapid City, South Dakota last

A B C D

year.

13. They asked a lot of questions, checked their figures, and came up with best solution.

A B C D

14. Almost everyone has heard the more famous Olympic saying: “Stronger, Higher, Faster.”

A B C D

15. Louise is the more capable of the three girls who have tried out for the part in the play.

A B C D

16. This telephone isn’t as cheap the other one, but it works much better.

A B C D

17. Stories are the most good way of teaching moral lessons to young people.

A B C D

18. The first skill to learn is how to write only the more important words, not whole sentences.

Page 14: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-84- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A B C D

19. It is certainly true that the average woman has weaker muscles that the average man.

A B C D

20. In 1925, he joined the advertising department of Doubleday Page and Company, one of

A B

the most large publishing houses in New York.

C D

Choose one sentence that best rewrites the sentence given.

1. They understand more than we do.

A. We don’t understand as much as they do. B. We don’t understand anything at all.

C. They understand everything inside out. D. They are very intelligent.

2. It is much more difficult to speak English than to speak French.

A. To speak French is more difficult than to speak English.

B. To speak English is more difficult than to speak French.

C. Speaking English is more difficult than to speak French.

D. Speaking French is not as difficult as to speaking English.

3. My interview lasted longer than yours.

A. Your interview wasn’t as short as mine. B. Your interview was shorter than mine.

C. Your interview was as long as mine. D. Your interview was longer than mine.

4. When I was younger, I used to go climbing more than I do now.

A. Now I don’t go climbing anymore. B. I used to go climbing when I younger.

C. Now I don’t go climbing as much as I did. D. I don’t like going climbing any more.

5. Your coffee is not as good as mine.

A. Mine is better than yours. B. My coffee is better than your.

C. My coffee is better than yours. D. My coffee is more good than yours.

6. I can't cook as well as my mother does.

A. My mother can cook better than I can. B. My mother can't cook better than I can.

C. My mother can cook well than I can. D. I can cook better than my mother can.

7. Murder is the most serious of all crimes.

A. Murder is very serious. B. No crime is more serious than murder.

C. Everyone is very afraid of murder. D. Murder is the dangerous crime.

8. No one in this class is as tall as Richard.

A. Richard is the tallest in this class. B. Richard is taller than in this class.

C. Richard is the most tall in this class. D. Richard is more tall than in this class.

9. This is the best music I have ever heard.

A. I’ve never heard better music than this. B. I’ve never heard such a good music as this.

C. I’ve never heard so good music as this. D. This is the first time I’ve heard this good

music.

10. This is the most interesting novel I’ve ever read.

A. Knowing that the novel will be interesting, I read it.

B. If only I had known the novel was so interesting, I’d have read it earlier

C. I don’t think it is the most interesting novel.

D. I have never read a more interesting novel than this

MODULE 16

RELATIVE CLAUSES

(Mệnh đề quan hệ)

Mệnh đề quan hệ (Relative clause), còn gọi là mệnh đề tính ngữ (Adjective clause), được dùng

như một tính từ để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ đứng trước. Mệnh đề quan hệ được đặt ngay sau danh

Page 15: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-85- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

từ mà nó bổ nghĩa và được bắt đầu bằng các đại từ quan hệ (relative pronouns) who, whom,

which, that, whose hoặc các trạng từ quan hệ (relative verbs) when, where, why.

Ví dụ: The woman whom I love best is my mother.

(Người phụ nữ mà tôi yêu thương nhất chính là mẹ tôi.)

I. Cách dùng đại từ và trạng từ quan hệ

WHO: làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người.

Ví dụ: Do you know the man who is standing over there.

(Bạn có biết người đàn ông đứng ở kia không?)

WHOM: làm tân ngữ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người.

Ví dụ: Peter keeps talking about the girl whom / who he met last week.

(Peter cứ nói mãi về cô gái mà anh ấy gặp tuần rồi.)

WHICH: làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ vật.

Ví dụ: Please recommend me a restaurant which servers seafood.

(Làm ơn giới thiệu cho tôi một nhà hàng bán hải sản.)

THAT: làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ, thay cho cả danh từ chỉ người và danh từ chỉ vật .

Ví dụ: Do you know the man who / that is standing over there.

Peter keeps talking about the girl whom / that he met last week.

Please recommend me a restaurant which / that serves seafood.

THAT luôn được dùng sau cụm danh từ gồm cả người lẫn vật, sau các đại từ everything,

something, anything, all, little, much, none và dạng so sánh nhất. Ví dụ: The fireman managed to rescue the old woman and her cats that were stuck in the burning

house.

(Lính cứu hỏa đã tìm cách cứu bà lão và mấy con mèo của bà bị kẹt trong ngôi nhà đang cháy.)

She is the most beautiful girl that I’ve ever met.

(Cô ấy là cô gái đẹp nhất mà tôi từng gặp.)

WHOSE: chỉ sự sở hữu.

Ví dụ: Peter does not like the secretary whose ideas are contrary to his.

(Peter không thích người thư ký có ý kiến trái với anh ấy.)

WHEN (= on / at / in which): thayc cho danh từ chỉ thời gian.

Ví dụ: Tell me the time when (= at which) we can depart.

(Cho tôi biết thời gian chúng ta có thể khởi hành.)

WHERE (= at / in / from / on which): thay cho danh từ chỉ nơi chốn.

Ví dụ: Do you know the village where (in which) your father was born?

(Bạn có biết ngôi làng nơi cha bạn đã được sinh ra không?)

WHY (= for which): dùng để chỉ lý do, thay cho the reason

Ví dụ: That is the reason why (= for which) John refused to come.

(Đó là lý do tại sao John không chịu đến.)

II. Phân loại mệnh đề quan hệ 1. Mệnh đề quan hệ giới hạn (Restrictive relative clause): cung cấp những thông tin quan trọng

cần thiết để xác định danh từ hoặc cụm danh từ đứng trước.

Ví dụ: My father is the man who understands me the most.

(Bố tôi là người hiểu tôi nhất.)

Do you still remember the day when we first met at university?

(Bạn còn nhớ ngày chúng ta gặp nhau lần đầu ở trường đại học không?)

Đại từ quan hệ làm tân ngữ who(m), which, that và trạng từ quan hệ when, why có thể được

bỏ trong mệnh đề quan hệ giới hạn.

Ví dụ: He promised to lend me the book (which / that) he bought yesterday.

(Anh ấy hứa cho tôi mượn quyển sách anh ấy mua hôm qua.)

Peter keeps talking about the girl (whom / that) he met last week.

Page 16: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-86- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

2. Mệnh đề quan hệ không giới hạn (Non-restrictive relative clause): cung cấp thêm thông tin

về một người, một vật hoặc một sự việc đã được xác định. Mệnh đề quan hệ không giới hạn cách

mệnh đề chính bằng dấu phẩy (,) hay dấu gạch ngang (-).

Ví dụ: Peter, who is my new friend, is an architect.

(Peter, người bạn mới quen của tôi, là kiến trúc sư.)

They like walking along the Thames, which flows through London.

(Họ thích đi dọc song Thames, con sông chảy qua Luân Đôn.)

- Không được bỏ các đại từ quan hệ làm tân ngữ và trạng từ quan hệ trong mệnh đề quan hệ

không giới hạn.

Ví dụ: She met my brother, whom she later married.

(Cô ấy gặp anh trai tôi, người mà cô ấy đã kết hôn.)

[NOT She met my brother, she later married.]

- Không dùng THAT trong mệnh đề quan hệ không giới hạn.

Ví dụ: Ms. Pike, who is my form teacher, is very nice to her students.

(Cô Pike, giáo viên chủ nhiệm của tôi, rất tử tế với học sinh.)

[NOT Ms. Pike, that is my form teacher,…]

- Trong mệnh đề quan hệ không giới hạn, which có thể được dùng để bổ nghĩa cho cả câu.

Ví dụ: Peter failed again, which does not make us surprised.

(Peter lại thất bại, điều này chẳng làm chúng tôi ngặc nhiên.)

III. Giới từ trong mệnh đề quan hệ

Trong mệnh đề quan hệ, giới từ có thể đứng trước đại từ quan hệ làm tân ngữ của giới từ (whom,

which, whose) hoặc sau động từ (ngoại trừ without). Giới từ không được đặt trước who và that.

Ví dụ: The people with whom I was sitting were very noisy.

[NOT The people with who / that I was sitting…]

Or: The people (whom / that) I was sitting with were very noisy.

(Những người ngồi cùng với tôi rất ồn ào.)

Khi giới từ là thành phần của cụm động từ thì không thể đem giới từ ra trước whom, which,

whose.

Ví dụ: This is the book which I am looking for. (Đây chính là cuốn sách tôi đang tìm.)

[NOT This is the book for which I am looking.]

IV. Dạng rút gọn của mệnh đề quan hệ

Mệnh đề quan hệ có thể được rút gọn bằng cách dùng:

1. Ngữ phân từ (participle phrase)

Ngữ hiện tại phân từ (present participle phrase (V-ing)) được dùng khi động từ trong mệnh

đề quan hệ có thể chủ động (active), diễn đạt hành động đang diễn ra hoặc có tính thường xuyên,

lâu dài.

Ví dụ: My sister is the girl who is wearing a blue dress.

My sister is the girl wearing a blue dress.

(Chị tôi là cô gái mặc áo đầm xanh.)

Ngữ quá khứ phân từ (past participle phrase (V-ed/3) được dùng khi động từ trong mệnh đề

quan hệ có thể bị động (passive).

Ví dụ: The novel which was written by Peter’s father is very interesting.

The novel written by Peter’s father is very interesting.

(Quyển tiểu thuyết mà bố Peter viết rất hay.)

2. Cụm động từ nguyên mẫu (to-infinitive phrase)

To-infinitive có thể được dùng khi đại từ quan hệ làm chủ ngữ đứng sau first, second,…,last,

next, only, dạng so sánh nhất hoặc để chỉ mục đích, sự cho phép.

Ví dụ: Tom is the last agent who left the office yesterday evening.

Tom is the last agent to leave the office yesterday evening.

(Tom là người sau cùng rời khỏi văn phòng ngày hôm qua.)

Page 17: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-87- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Ví dụ: Pleas take us to a cafeteria where we can have a delicious meal.

Please take us to a cafeteria to have a delicious meal.

(Làm ơn đưa chúng tôi đến quán để ăn một quả thật ngon.)

3. Ngữ danh từ (noun phrase)

Ví dụ: Ms. Young, who is the school librarian, often lends me reference books.

Ms. Young, the school librarian, often lends me reference books.

(Cô Young, thủ thư của trường, thường cho tôi mượn sách tham khảo.)

MULTIPLE CHOICE Choose A, B, C or D that best completes the sentence.

1. Genghis Khan, ____ name means “very mighty ruler”, was a Mongol emperor in the Middle

Ages.

A. whom B. whose C. who D. how

2. The children ____ sang at the Mayor's parade were from the local school.

A. whose B. where C. who D. whom

3. Galileo, ____ published works proving that the Earth revolves around the Sun, continued his

scientific experiments even when he went deaf and blind.

A. when B. who C. where D. whose

4. The school programme ____ has been interrupted by revision tests requires a regular course

study.

A. whose B. who C. what D. that

5. Credit ____ is given in this semester requires approximately three hours of classroom work.

A. which B. what C. when D. where

6. Two courses ____ have the same subjects are in different times.

A. that B. what C. when D. where

7. You may enroll our course by e-mail ____ can be faster than other registration forms.

A. who B. where C. which D. when

8. The girl ____ dress you admire has been working for an expo company since she left school.

A. who B. what C. whose D. whom

9. The young man ____ was released after the court was found innocent of all the charges against

him.

A. who B. who he C. which D. whose

10. Is that the same film ____ we watched last year?

A. when B. which C. why D. who

11. The girl ____ I borrowed the dictionary asked me to use it carefully.

A. whose B. from whom C. from whose D. whom

12. The pupils ____ we took to the amusement park behaved themselves very well.

A. whose B. with whom C. whom D. which

13. Bournemouth, ____ we are going to visit next summer, is a real paradise for the retired.

A. that B. what C. which D. in which

14. Thatcher, ____ birthplace was above a shop in the small English town of Grantham, became

Prime Minister of Britain four years after she had become the leader of the Conservative Party

in 1975.

A. where B. whose C. in which D. which

15. First jeans, ____ became fashionable for women after they saw them in Vogue magazine,

were made by two Americans, Jacob Davis and Levi Strauss.

A. that B. whose C. of which D. which

16. The first television picture ____ John Logie Baird transmitted on 25 November, 1905 was a

boy ______ worked in the office next to Baird's workroom in London.

A. which / whom B. who / which C. that / whose D. that / who

Page 18: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-88- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

17. Felix Hoffman, a 29-year-old chemist ____ worked for the German company Bayer,

invented the drug Aspirin in April 1879.

A. where B. whose C. whom D. who

18. Joyce Bews, ____ was born and grew up in Portsmouth on the south coast of England, ____

she still lives, was 100 last year.

A. that / in which B. who / where C. that / where D. who / that

19. The big clock ____ used to strike the hours day and night was damaged during the war and

has been silent ever since.

A. whose B. that is C. what D. which

20. The pollution ____ they were talking is getting worse.

A. that B. about which C. which D. whom

21. The engineer ____ our company relies is on holiday.

A. who B. on whom C. whose D. whom

22. The dam ____ they plan to build will cover acres of forest.

A. which B. to which C. whom D. where

23. He is a talented cricket player ____ abilities include fast bowling and powerful batting.

A. where B. whose C. whom D. of which

24. Eastern Rwanda is very different from the South-west, ____ monkeys, birds and orchids

thrive in the high altitude primary forest.

A. when B. where C. which D. why

25. Wednesday is the day ____ a tour guide leads a tour around the town's historical places.

A. when B. which C. whose D. where

26. Robert Riva, an Italian ____ used to play for Cremonese, now coaches the Reigate under

11's football team.

A. when B. which C. where D. who

27. The town ____ the folk festival is taking place is usually a quiet resort.

A. when B. where C. whom D. which

28. As a celebrity ____ many children admire, it is important for her to act responsibly.

A. when B. where C. whom D. whose

29. We always hold a family barbecue in our garden on Independence Day, ____ was on a

Tuesday this year.

A. what B. that C. when D. which

30. When I was at school, there was a girl in my class ____ skin was so sensitive that she couldn't

expose her skin to the sun even with cream on.

A. where B. whose C. whom D. that

31. We'll row until the spot ____ the river bends and then we'll turn back.

A. where B. when C. whose D. which

32. On the days ____ I feel I need to reflect on the past and plan my future, I sit by the river and

watch the swans swim past.

A. when B. where C. whose D. which

33. My mother's Elvis Presley tape, _ she listened to every day, has broken in the music centre.

A. whose B. that C. where D. which

34. Unfortunately, the friend with ____ I intended to go on holiday to Side is ill, so I'll have to

cancel my trip.

A. who B. whom C. where D. that

35. According to the research, the time at ____ most road accidents happen is early evening.

A. when B. which C. whose D. that

36. The new stadium, ____ will be completed next year, will seat 30,000 spectators.

A. what B. where C. when D. which

37. Blenheim Palace, ____ Churchill was born, is now open to the public.

A. when B. where C. which D. whose

38. Students ____ register for courses do not have any problems.

Page 19: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-89- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. whom B. who C. what D. when

39. August 23rd is the last date ____ you may transfer to another course.

A. which B. on which C. why D. what

40. Our course needs some requirements ____ are listed here.

A. what B. when C. which D. where

41. Before coming to my office, please check the appointment ____ are listed in my official

calendar.

A. that B. why C. when D. where

42. I never forget the time ____ my motorbike broke down in a very crowded street.

A. where B. what C. when D. in which

43. I couldn't remember the time ____ there was no internet.

A. what B. who C. which D. when

44. The restaurant ____ we had our dinner was the most expensive in this city.

A. where B. which C. when D. that

45. The top model about ____ I was telling you is on TV now.

A. who B. which C. that D. whom

46. Are you the student ____ mother called me yesterday?

A. whose B. who C. that D. when

47. Mary, ____ has only been in Japan for 3 months, speaks Japanese perfectly.

A. that B. whom C. which D. who

48. Who is your daughter? She is the child ____ has long, straight hair.

A. whose B. who C. which D. when

49. I don't think my ex-girl friend will remember the day _ we saw each other for the first time.

A. which B. on which C. at which D. why

50. August is the month ____ I always give my birthday parties.

A. which B. in which C. what D. why

51. The purse ____ she had lost last week was found yesterday.

A. which B. what C. whose D. whom

52. The old lady ____ we were travelling told us her life story.

A. of whom B. with whom C. whose D. whom

53. She says the exam, ____ she took yesterday, was full of hard questions.

A. which B. of which C. whom D. of whose

54. I called my cousin, ____ is a mechanic, to fix my car, ____ was broken.

A. who/ which B. that/ all of which C. who/ all of which D. who/ what

55. My only blue tie, ____ Richard wants to wear, is really an expensive one.

A. that B. whose C. which D. whom

56. This is the village ____ my family and I lived for six years.

A. in which B. that C. on which D. in where

57. She is a famous actress ____ everybody admires.

A. to whom B. whom C. to which D. of whom

58. The food ____ I like best of all is pie alamode.

A. who B. whose C. whom D. that

59. Justine, ____ parents live in Christchurch, has gone to Southampton.

A. whom B. which C. to whom D. whose

60. The old building ____ was behind the local church fell down.

A. of which B. which C. whose D. whom

61. They would like a teacher ____ native language is English.

A. who B. whose C. whom D. that

62. The person with ____ she's been working is very friendly.

A. who B. that C. which D. whom

63. My nephew ____ chose a lot of toys at the Toy World store for his father, ____ is my elder

brother, paid a large amount of money.

Page 20: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-90- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. which / whose B. whom / who C. which / who D. who / who

64. This is the time of month ____ a lot of retired people are waiting in queues in front of the

banks for their pensions.

A. when B. which C. whom D. where

65. The man ____ was in charge of the management didn't seem friendly to us at all.

A. who B. whom C. where D. when

66. The physics teacher, ___ behaviour I don't like much, makes things harder for the students.

A. who B. that C. whom D. whose

67. The farmer says he can't remember a time ____ the winter was as severe as it is this year.

A. which B. when C. where D. whose

68. I think the Chinese are the people ____ habits are the most peculiar to us.

A. which B. whom C. when D. whose

69. I saw several buildings, ____ were damaged by the earthquake.

A. most of which B. most of them C. all of whom D. some of whose

70. The people to ____ she was speaking didn't know German.

A. who B. whose C. that D. whom

Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting. 1. Every student who majors in English are ready to participate in the orchard contest.

A B C D

2. Do you know the reason when English men travel to the left?

A B C D

3. She is the most beautiful woman whose I have ever met

A B C D

4. Mother’s Day is the day when children show their love to their mother on.

A B C D

5. The New Year Day is the day where all my family members gather and enjoy it together.

A B C D

6. It is complicated because pollution is caused by things when benefit people.

A B C D

7. The policeman must try to catch those men whom drive dangerously.

A B C D

8. He was very surprised when he visited London, in that the drivers always drive on the right

A B C D

and side of the street.

9. That is the man who he told me the bad news.

A B C D

10. I don’t know the reason on when Jonathan was sacked.

A B C D

11. The singer about who I told you yesterday is coming here tomorrow.

A B C D

12. The man whom helped you yesterday is a television reporter.

A B C D

13. What is the name of the girl whom has just come in?

A B C D

14. Do you know the reason when Englishmen travel on the left side of the streets?

A B C D

15. If you want a particular book, the person to see is the librarian she is wearing glasses.

A B C D

16. I enjoyed the book that you told me to read it.

A B C D

17. That commentator, his name I have forgotten, is very well-known.

Page 21: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-91- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A B C D

18. Amelia Earhart, that was one of the pioneers in aviation, attempted to fly the world in 1937,

A B C

but she and her plane mysteriously disappeared over the Pacific Ocean.

D

19. Sunday is a day where we expect.

A B C D

20. Have you ever been to Da Lat when my father has a lovely house?

A B C D

Choose one sentence that best rewrites the sentence given:

1. This man studies biology. What do you call him?

A. What do you call a man who studies biology?

B. What do you call a man, who studies biology?

C. What do you call a man studies biology?

D. What do you call a man whom studies biology?

2. Hemingway developed a very concise writing style. His name is well- known throughout the

world.

A. Hemingway, his name is well- known throughout the world, developed a very concise

writing style.

B. Hemingway, whose is name well- known throughout the world, developed a very concise

writing style.

C. Hemingway, whose name is well- known throughout the world, developed a very concise

writing style.

D. Hemingway, who developed a very concise writing style, his name is well- known

throughout the world.

3. This is the battle field. The soldiers fought there.

A. This is the battle field which the soldiers fought.

B. This is the battle field that the soldiers fought.

C. This is the battle field where the soldiers fought there.

D. This is the battle field where the soldiers fought.

4. He was born in 1983.There was a severe drought that year.

A. He was born in 1983 when there was a severe drought.

B. He was born in 1983 when was there a severe drought

C. When there was a severe drought in 1983 he was born.

D. He was born in 1983, there was a severe drought when

5. John Montagu was an English Earl. He invented the sandwich.

A. John Montagu, whose invented the sandwich, was an English Earl.

B. John Montagu, who invented the sandwich, was an English Earl.

C. John Montagu, that invented the sandwich, was an English Earl.

D. John Montagu, invented the sandwich, was an English Earl.

6. Flies, which come mostly in the summer, carry diseases.

A. Flies, to come mostly in the summer, carry diseases.

B. Flies, come mostly in the summer, carry diseases.

C. Flies, coming mostly in the summer, carry diseases.

D. Flies, that come mostly in the summer, carry diseases.

7. There was a candle which burnt in the room.

A. There was a candle burning in the room. B. There was a candle burnt in the room.

C. There was a candle to burn in the room. D. There was a candle to be burnt in the room.

8. I see a boy who is running in the street.

A. I see a boy running in the street. B. I see a boy to running in the street.

C. I see a boy to run in the street. D. None is correct.

Page 22: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-92- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

9. He drew from the bag a watch which had been given for his birthday.

A. He drew from the bag a watch given for his birthday.

B. He drew from the bag a watch been given for his birthday.

C. He drew from the bag a watch had given for his birthday.

D. He drew from the bag a watch had been given for his birthday.

10. One of the drivers who was brought by Steward came over to me.

A. One of the drivers that were brought by Steward came over to me.

B. One of the drivers was brought by Steward came over to me.

C. One of the drivers brought by Steward came over to me.

D. One of the drivers bring by Steward came over to me.

MODULE 17

ADVERB CLAUSES

(Mệnh đề trạng ngữ) 1. Adverb clause of time (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian)

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian bắt đầu bằng: When (khi), as (trong khi, khi), as long as (tới

khi), since (từ khi), until / till (cho đến khi), while (trong khi), as soon as (ngay khi), once (một

khi), whenever (bất cứ lúc nào), by (lúc, vào lúc), before (trước khi), after (sau khi), every time

(mỗi khi), no sooner…than (ngay khi…thì), hardly…when (ngay khi…thì).

Ví dụ: When I arrived, he was talking on the phone.

(Khi tôi đến anh ấy đang gọi điện thoại.)

She was cooking while I was doing my homework.

(Cô ấy nấu ăn trong khi tôi đang làm bài tập.)

Before you go home, remember to turn of the air-conditioner.

(Trước khi về nhà nhớ tắt máy điều hòa nhiệt độ.)

* Lưu ý: Không dùng thì tương lai trong mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian.

Ví dụ: I’ll drink a cup of coffee before I leave. [NOT …before I’ll leave]

2. Adverb clause of place (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ nơi chốn)

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ nơi chốn bắt đầu bằng: where (ở đâu), wherever (bất cứ nơi đâu).

Ví dụ: Wherever you go, I am behind you. (Bạn đi bất cứ đâu tôi cũng đi theo bạn.)

Sometimes, he drops by where I am staying. (Thỉnh thoảng anh ấy ghé qua chỗ tôi ở.)

3. Adverb clause of reason (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do)

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do bắt đầu bằng: because, as, since, seeing that, due to the fact that,

now that (do vì, bởi vì.)

Ví dụ: As we forgot to take the map, we got lost.

(Vì chúng tôi quên mang theo bản đồ nên chúng tôi bị lạc.)

Because he was seriously ill, they took him to hospital.

(Vì ông ấy bệnh nặng nên họ đưa ông ấy đi viện.)

NOT Because he was seriously ill, so they took him to hospital.]

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do có thể rút gọn thành cụm từ chỉ lý do (phrase of reason), bắt đầu

bằng các giới từ because of, due to, owning to.

because of, due to, owing to + noun / pronoun / gerund phrase

Ví dụ: Due to the bad weather, the match was cancelled.

(Do thời tiết xấu nên trận đấu bị hủy bỏ.)

I stayed at home because of feeling unwell. (Tôi ở nhà vì thấy không được khỏe.)

* Lưu ý: Dùng because khi muốn nhấn mạnh mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do; dùng as, since,

seeing that, due to the fact that, now that khi muốn nhấn mạnh mệnh đề chính.

For được dùng như because nhưng trước for có dấu phẩy (,).

Page 23: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-93- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Ví dụ: John was shocked, for he was scared. (John run vì anh ấy sợ.)

4. Adverb clause of concession (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ)

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ bắt đầu bằng: though, although, even though, even if, in

spite of / despite the fact that (dù, mặc dù.)

Ví dụ: Although the course was difficult, he passed with flying colours.

(Dù khóa học rất khó nhưng anh ấy vẫn đậu điểm rất cao.)

[NOT Although the course was difficult, but he passed with…]

I’d like to go out, though it is a bit late. (Tôi rất muốn đi chơi dù đã hơi khuya.)

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ có thể rút gọn thành cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ (phrase of

concession), bắt đầu bằng in spite of, despite.

despite / in spite of + noun / pronoun / gerund

Ví dụ: The airport is being built despite the residents’ objection.

(Bất chấp sự phản đối của cư dân, sân bay vẫn đang được xây.)

In spite of working hard, she failed her university exams again.

(Mặc dù học hành rất chăm chỉ, cô ấy vẫn lại thi rớt đại học.)

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhựng bộ cũng có thể bắt đầu bằng no matter, whatever, however,

hoặc adjective / adverb + as / though

Ví dụ: No matter what you do, don’t touch this switch.

(Bất kể bạn làm gì đi nữa cũng không được chạm vào nút này.)

Rich as / though he is, he is unhappy.(Dù rất giàu, ông ta vẫn không hạnh phúc.)

5. Adverb clause of manner (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ cách thức)

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ cách thức bắt đầu bằng as (như là, giống như là), as if / as though (như

thể là).

Ví dụ: He could not come as he promised. (Anh ấy không thể đến như đã hứa.)

It looks as if / as though it’s going to rain. (Trời trông như thể sắp mưa.)

As if / as though cũng có thể được dùng để diễn đạt một điều không có thật hoặc trái với thực

tế.

a. Điều không có thật ở hiện tại:

S + V + as if / as though + S + V (past time)

Ví dụ: She dresses as if she were an actress.

(Cô ấy ăn mặc như thể cô ấy là diễn viên) but she isn’t an actress.

He talks as though he knew where she was.

(Anh ấy nói như thể anh ấy biết cô ta ở đâu.) but he doesn’t know.

* Were được dùng cho tất cả các ngôi trong mệnh đề giả định

Ví dụ: She dresses as if she were an actress.

b. Điều không có thật ở quá khứ

S + V + as if / as though + S + V (past perfect)

Ví dụ: He talked about New York as though he had been there before.

(Anh ta kể về New York như thể anh ta đã ở đó trước đây.)

6. Adverb clause of result (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ kết quả)

a. … so… that (quá…đến nỗi, đến nỗi mà)

so + adjective / adverb + that

Ví dụ: He was so tired that he had to stop working. (Anh ấy mệt đến nỗi phải ngừng làm việc.)

* Đôi khi, để nhấn mạnh, so + adj được đặt ở đầu câu và theo sau là hình thức đảo ngữ của động

từ.

Page 24: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-94- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Ví dụ: So terrible was the storm that whole roofs were ripped off.

(Cơn bảo khủng khiếp đến nỗi tất cả các máy nhà bị cuốn bay.)

Khi tính từ là many, much, few, little thì có thể có danh từ theo sau.

so many / few + plural countable noun + that

so much / little + uncountable noun + that

Ví dụ: She has so few friends that she often feels sad and lonely.

(Cô ấy có ít bạn bè đến nổi cô ấy thường thấy buồn và cô đơn.)

He drank so much wine that he felt sick.

(Anh ấy uống nhiều rượu đến nỗi cảm thấy buồn nôn.)

so + adjective + a + singular countable noun + that

Ví dụ: It was so hot a day that we decided to stay indoors.

(Trời nóng đến nỗi chúng tôi quyết định ở nhà không đi đâu cả.)

b. … such… that (quá…đến nổi, đến nổi mà)

such (+ a / an) + adjective + noun + that

Ví dụ: It was such an interesting novel that I have read it three times.

(Quyển sách hay đến nỗi tôi đọc đã ba lần.)

It was such good milk that we couldn’t stop drinking it.

(Sữa ngon đến nỗi chúng tôi không thể ngừng uống.)

7. Adverb clause of purpose (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ mụch đích.)

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ mục đích có thể bắt đầu bằng: so that, in order that (để, để mà)

so that / in order that + S + will/would/can/could/ … + V (bare-inf.)

Ví dụ: She got up early so that / in order that she would not miss the bus.

(Cô ấy dậy sớm để không trễ xe buýt.)

Tom booked the tickets early so that / in order that he could get the seats near the stage.

(Tom đặt vé sớm để có chỗ ngồi gần sân khấu.)

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ mục đích có thể rút gọn thành cụm từ, bắt đầu bằng to-infinitive, in order

/ so as (+ not) + to-infinitive.

Ví dụ: I’m going to Australia to learn German. (Tôi sẽ đi Áo để học tiếng Đức.)

She got up early so as / in order not to miss the bus.

(Cô ấy dậy sớm để không trễn xe buýt.)

8. Adverb clause of condition (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ điều kiện)

Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ điều kiện bắt đầu bằng if, provide / providing (that), suppose / supposing

(that) (nếu, nếu như), unless (nếu không, trừ khi)..

Ví dụ: If you do not work harder, you will not succeed.

Unless you work harder, you will not succeed.

(Nếu bạn không làm việc chăm chỉ hơn, bạn sẽ không thành công.)

Xem phần câu điều kiện (conditional sentences).

9. Adverb clause comparison (Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự so sánh)

Ví dụ: Is it as good as you expected? (Nó có tốt như bạn mong đợi không?)

It’s colder today than it was yesterday. (Hôm nay trời lạnh hơn hôm qua.)

* Xem phần so sánh tính từ và trạng từ (Comparison of adjectives and adverbs).

MULTIPLE CHOICE Choose A, B, C or D that best completes the sentence.

1. ____ you have finished your work, you can go home.

Page 25: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-95- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. No sooner B. As soon as C. While D. Before

2. The whole country was very upset ____ the president was assassinated.

A. before B. until C. when D. as long as

3. ____ I come, I will call you so that you can pick me up at the station ____ I arrive at the

station.

A. Before / when B. After / until C. As far as / before D. While / till

4. ____ my mother was cooking in the kitchen, my father was working in the garden.

A. While B. As soon as C. No sooner D. After

5. I have not seen him again ____ we graduated from the university.

A. after B. as C. when D. since

6. My grandfather passed away ____.

A. as soon as I would be born B. since I had been born

C. while I was born D. before I was born

7. We will have prepared everything ____.

A. as soon as the meeting will begin B. by the time the meeting begins

C. as long as the meeting would begin D. after the meeting began

8. ____, she often wears in red.

A. After I have met her B. Whenever I meet her

C. By the time I meet her D. Until I will meet her

9. ____ than his friend called.

A. He had no sooner arrived home B. Before he had arrived home

C. Not until he arrived home D. As soon as he arrived home

10. ____ Maria put the dishes away.

A. Since I have washed up B. Until I was washing up

C. After 1 had washed up D. While I had washed up

11. Put the sign ____ the students can read it.

A. as B. where C. while D. when

12. ____, there is fire.

A. Where smoke is B. Where is there smoke

C. Where there is smoke D. Where is smoke

13. ____, I hope these wishes will reach you and you have a smile when you read them.

A. When are you B. When you are C. Where are you D. Wherever you are

14. This credit card is accepted ____.

A. where do you go B. you go wherever

C. when you go wherever D. wherever you go

15. John failed ____.

A. because he did not study hard B. since he stopped to study hard

C. due to study hard D. because of he did not study hard

16. I ordered two pizzas as we all hurry.

A. when B. while C.because D. soon

17. The conference had to be cancelled ____ a keypiece of equipment was out of work.

A. since B. because C. as the fact D. due to the fact that

18. The expedition had to be postponed because there was a typhoon.

A. so as to B. with a view to C. as long as D. on account of the

fact that

19. Tony had little difficulty in passing the examination, ____ he has a very good foundation in

English.

A. since B. as C. for D. because

20. ____ you are over 18, you can join the army ____.

A. As long as B. Due to C. Because of D. On account of

21. Jane joined the English Club ____.

A. because of she wanted to improve her English

Page 26: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-96- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

B. because she wanted to improve her English

C. thanks to her improving English

D. due to her improvement of English

22. Since there was no electricity during the storm, ____.

A. so we have to use candles B. due to the fact that we have to use candles

C. we have to use candles D. because of using candles

23. ____, so he was late for work.

A. Paul had missed the train B. Because Paul had missed the train

C. As Paul had missed the train D. On account of Paul’s missing the train

24. ____ Tom broke the window, he did not feel guilty about it.

A. Although B. Because C. Despite D. In spite of

25. ____, he passed with the highest marks.

A. Even although the difficult course B. Despite the course was difficult

C. In spite of the course was difficult D. Although the course was difficult

26. ____ the car was expensive, he bought it.

A. Even though B. As though C. Despite D. In spite of

27. ____, Rafael smokes 2 packs a day.

A. Despite of cigarettes are dangerous B. Though the fact that cigarettes are

dangerous

C. Despite the fact that cigarettes are dangerous D. In spite that cigarettes are dangerous

28. Although she has saved for a long time, ____.

A. and she can afford that house B. so she can afford that house

C. she is not able to afford that house D. but she is not able to afford that house

29. ____ China has made great efforts to ensure the survival of the panda, it is still in danger of

extinction.

A. In spite B. In spite of C. As though D. Even if

30. Some people are not convinced that there is a serious risk to their health from smoking ____

tobacco firms put a health warning on every packet of cigarettes.

A. even though B. but C. despite that D. in spite of

31. Despite the fact that he had ill health ____.

A. and he continued to work B. but he continued to work

C. he continued to work D. so that he continued to work

32. The traffic was ____ heavy that we could not manage to arrive at the meeting.

A. so B. such C. because D. though

33. There were ____ on the subject that we did not know where to begin.

A. so many books B. so much books C. such books D. such as books

34. She was ____ she was not able to say anything.

A. very upset that B. too upset that C. so upset that D. such upset that

35. Mr. Nelson had ____ he had to borrow me $5 for lunch.

A. so money that B. so little money that

C. such little money that D. such money that

36. He was in ____ he almost pushed me over on the stairs,

A. such a hurry that B. such hurried that C. so a hurry that D. a hurry such that

37. It was such a boring film that we left the movies before it ended.

A. The film was very boring B. It was so a boring film

C. It was a too boring film D. So boring was the film

38. She was ____ I could not help looking at her.

A. very beautiful that B. such beautiful that

C. so a beautiful girl that D. so beautiful that

39. Susan has _____ she spends almost all of her time alone.

A. such a few friends that B. so friends that

C. so few friends that D. such friends that

Page 27: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-97- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

40. ____ everyone in my office likes him.

A. So a helpful employer he is B. He is such a helpful employer that

C. He is so a helpful employer that D. Such a helpful employer he is

41. He drank ____ he had to suffer from cancer.

A. so much that B. so many that C. such much that D. such many that

42. You should keep the milk in the refrigerator ____ it does not go bad.

A. as B. so C. so as to D. so that

43. I fixed it ____ everybody could use it.

A. in order that B. in order to C. so as to D. to

44. The teacher explained the lessons slowly ____.

A. to understand them clearly

B. so that his students could understand them clearly

C. in order to understand them clearly it

D. so as his students understand them clearly

45. John got to work early ____ he could finish the report before the meeting.

A. in order to B. in order that C. so as to D. such that

46. We should conserve the natural resources ____.

A. so that we can use them for a long time B. in order to use them for a long time

C. to use them for a long time D. A, B, & C are correct

47. Regular checks are required in order that ____.

A. safety standards are maintained B. so safety standards are maintained

C. to maintain safety standards D. maintain safety standards

48. She worked overtime ____.

A. in order that preparing everything on time B. in order that being prepared on time

C. so that everything would be prepared on time D. so as to being prepared on time

49. I do not want to hear any more complaints. I have got enough problems ____ it is.

A. as B. so as C. as if D. as though

50. I will behave toward them ____ I would like to be treated.

A. as B. as though C. as if D. so as to

51. They all stared at me ____ I had just dropped from Mars.

A. as B. as though C. so as to D. as to

52. She talked ____ the boss of our office.

A. if only she became B. even if she had become

C. as though she had become D. as if she will become

53. They were going away without saying anything ____ nothing had happened.

A. if B. even if C. as if D. if only

54. She looked at me as though she ____ me for a long time.

A. will not have seen B. will not see C. has not seen D. had not seen

55. My friend is a veterinarian. She treats animals almost ____.

A. as human B. as if they were human

C. as though they are human D. as they are human

56. He walked past me ____.

A. as though I will not exist B. as I did not exist

C. as if I did not exist D. even though I did not exist

57. I invested the money in that company ____ you suggested.

A. as B. as if C. as though D. so as

58. The house was in such a mess. It looked ____.

A. as a bomb had dropped on it B. as if a bomb has dropped on it

C. as if a bomb is dropping on it D. as though a bomb had dropped on it

59. She is a student but she is acting ____.

A. as though a professional actress B. as if she were a professional actress

C. as though she is a professional actress D. as if she is a professional actress

Page 28: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-98- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

60. Leave everything just ____ you found it.

A. as B. as though C. as if D. though

Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting.

1. In spite her serve pain, she tried to walk to the auditorium to attend the lecture.

A B C D

2. Friends advised her to stop doing the housework because her old age.

A B C D

3. I knew him until I was a child.

A B C D

4. My friend was crazy although he was informed of the news of his mother’s death.

A B C D

5. Thunder is rarely heard beyond 15 miles because of temperature and wind vary at different

A B C

heights in the region around a thunderstorm.

D

6. Despite of growing industrial activity, the majority of the American people continued to

A B C

make their living from farming until the beginning of the twentieth century.

D

7. Because the invention of machines such as vacuum cleaners, washing machines, women

spend

A B C

less time doing the housework.

D

8. Although our grandfather was old but he could help us.

A B C D

9. John didn’t go to work because of he was seriously ill.

A B C D

10. I’ll give him a map so as to he can find the way all right.

A B C D

Choose the sentence which has the closest meaning to the original one.

1. We stayed in that hotel despite the noise.

A. Despite the hotel is noisy, we stayed there.

B. We stayed in the noisy hotel and we liked it.

C. Although the hotel was noisy, we stayed there.

D. Because of the noise, we stayed in the hotel.

2. They can’t work and travel because they are old.

A. Because of their old age, they can’t work and travel.

B. In spite of their old age, they can work and travel.

C. Despite their old age, they still work and travel.

D. Even though they work and travel, they are old.

3. Despite the bad weather, people travel by air

A. Even though the weather is bad, people travel by air.

B. Because the weather is bad, people travel by air.

C. In spite of people travel by air, the weather is bad.

D. Although the bad weather, people travel by air.

4. She is learning English because she wants to get a better job.

A. She is learning English so that she gets a better job.

B. She is learning English so as she gets a better job.

C. She is learning English in order she can get a better job.

D. She is learning English so that she will be able to get a better job.

5. He was very tired but he kept on working.

Page 29: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-99- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. Despite he was very tired, he kept on working.

B. In spite of he was very tired, he kept on working.

C. Though his tiredness, he kept on working.

D. Although he was very tired, he kept on working.

6. Although she was very old, she looked very grateful.

A. Despite she was very old, she looked very grateful.

B. Despite her old age, she looked very grateful.

C. In spite of very old, she looked very grateful.

D. In spite her being old, she looked very grateful.

7. She was so busy that she couldn’t answer the phone.

A. Because she was very busy, she couldn’t answer the phone.

B. Because she was very busy, she could answer the phone.

C. Although she was very busy, she couldn’t answer the phone.

D. Although she was very busy, she could answer the phone.

8. Despite feeling cold, we kept walking.

A. Although we felt cold, but we kept walking. B. Although we felt cold, we kept walking.

C. However cold we felt, but we kept walking. D. However we felt cold, we kept walking.

9. The children laughed a lot because of the funny story.

A. The children laughed because the story is funny.

B. The children laughed because of the story funny.

C. The children laughed because it was funny.

D. The children laughed because the story was funny.

10. Although she tells lies, I believe her.

A. In spite of telling lies, I believe her. B. In spite her telling lies, I believe her.

C. In spite of her telling lies, I believe her. D. In spite of her tell lies, I believe her.

11. Although he is intelligent, he doesn't do well at school.

A. Despite being intelligent, he doesn't do well at school.

B. In spite he is intelligent, he doesn't do well at school.

C. Although his intelligence, he does well at school.

D. In spite of intelligent, he doesn't do well at school.

12. The woman was too weak to lift the basket.

A. She was so weak that she couldn’t lift the basket

B. The woman shouldn’t have lift the basket because she was so weak.

C. Although she was very weak, she could lift the basket

D. The woman lift the basket, so she wasn’t very weak.

13. Although his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.

A. Despite his legs to be broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.

B. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before exploding.

C. Despite his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.

D. Despite of his broken legs, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.

14. I usually drive to work, but today I go by bus.

A. Although I can drive to work, I go by bus today.

B. Although I can go by bus, I drive to work today.

C. Instead of driving to work, I go by bus today.

D. Instead of going by bus, I drive to work today.

MODULE 18

NOUN CLAUSES

(Mệnh đề danh từ)

Page 30: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-100- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Mệnh đề danh từ (noun clause) là mệnh đề phụ có chức năng như một danh từ. Mện đề danh từ

thường được bắt đầu bằng that, whether, if hoặc các nghi vấn từ (who, whose, what, when,

where, why, how).

Mệnh đề danh từ có thể làm:

1. Chủ ngữ của câu (subject of a sentence)

Ví dụ: That he was sacked does not surprise us.

(Việc anh ấy bị đuổi không làm chúng tôi ngạc nhiên.)

Why he left is not our concern.

(Lý do anh ấy bỏ đi không phải là mối bận tâm của chúng tôi.)

2. Tân ngữ của động từ hoặc giới từ (object of a verb or a preposition)

Ví dụ: I do not know who he is. (Tôi không biết anh ta là ai cả.)

Pay careful attention to what I am going to say. (Hãy chú ý những điều tôi sắp nói.)

3. Bổ ngữ của câu (complement of a sentence)

Ví dụ: The question is how we can get enough money.

(Vấn đề là chúng ta làm cách nào để có đủ tiền.)

What surprised me was that he spoke English so well.

(Điều làm tôi ngạc nhiên là anh ta nói tiếng Anh rất hay.)

4. Mệnh đề đồng cách của danh từ (appositive of a noun)

Ví dụ: A report that the area was dangerous was ignored by the resident.

(Cư dân đã phớt lờ bản báo cáo rằng khu vực này nguy hiểm.)

* Lưu ý: Không dùng trật tự từ của câu nghi vấn trong mệnh đề danh từ.

Ví dụ: I couldn’t hear what he said. [NOT I couldn’t hear what did he say.]

I wonder who he is. [NOT I wonder who is he.]

MULTIPLE CHOICE Choose A, B, C or D that best completes the sentence.

1. ____ shocked his friends

A. What did Billy B. What Billy did C. Billy did D. Bill did what

2. Mary’s friends do not know ____.

A. even if she cannot swim B. as if she cannot swim

C. that she cannot swim D. if that she cannot swim

3. John’s mistake was ____.

A. be late for work three times B. late for work three times

C. had been late for work three times D. that he had been late for work three times

4. We are not responsible for ____.

A. what you have done B. that you have done

C. what have you done D. whether you have done

5. Everybody was sad ____.

A. the fact that the president was in poor health B. why the president was in poor health

C. that the president was in poor health D. that was the president in poor health

6. You must decide on ____.

A. to take which English course B. which English course you should take

C. that which English course to take D. Which English course should you take

7. The mother called the police and said ____.

A. which was her son kidnapped B. which her son was kidnapped

C. that her son was kidnapped D. that was her son kidnapped

8. I would like to know ____.

A. to live B. where you live C. how you to live D. where do you live

9. The concert advertisement did not say ____.

Page 31: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-101- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. when will the concert begin B. when the concert will begin

C. when would the concert begin D. when the concert would begin

10. ____ is still unknown.

A. Mary was sacked B. Was Mary sacked

C. Why Mary was sacked D. Why was Mary sacked

11. I wonder ____.

A. Peter will come B. if Peter will come C. that Peter will come D. if will Peter

come

12. Can you tell me ____?

A. how much this shirt costs B. how much does this shirt cost

C. this shirt costs how much D. how much is this shirt

13. Could you explain ____?

A. a noun clause is recognized B. what a noun clause is recognized

C. how a noun clause is recognized D. how is a noun clause recognized

14. I wonder ____ from the earth.

A. how far the moon is B. how far is the moon

C. if how far the moon is D. how is the moon far

15. ____ will always important to me.

A. Whatever you do B. Whatever do you do C. What do you do D. You do

16. The truth ____.

A. is that is he unreliable B. that is he unreliable

C. that he is unreliable D. is that he is unreliable

17. ____, I could see a lot of farms and fields.

A. Where did I stand B. From did where I stand

C. Where I stood D. From where I stood

18. ____ was surely fined by the police.

A. Whoever had this done B. Whoever had done this

C. Had this done by whoever D. This had done by whoever

19. There can be little doubt ____ against the law again.

A. for he will offend B. that he will offend C. for will he offend D. that will he offend

20. ____ affects your weight.

A. What you eat B. What do you eat C. What are you eating D. What eating

21. The group was strongly persuaded ____.

A. what you said B. by what you said C. did you say what D. what to say

22. Don't believe ____.

A. in the papers do you read B. you read what in the papers

C. what do you read in the papers D. what you read in the papers

23. We are very worried ____.

A. when is our grandfather going to die B. as that our grandfather is going to die

C. what our grandfather is going to die D. that our grandfather is going to die

24. It is a fallacy to assume ____.

A. the burglars not climb a wall without a ladder

B. that burglars cannot climb a wall without a ladder

C. that burglars not to climb a wall without a ladder

D. can burglars climb a wall without a ladder

25. ____ will determine ____.

A. How much have experience you got / if can you work here

B. How much have experience you got / if you can work here

C. How much experience you have got / if you can work here

D. How much experience you have got / if can you work here

26. You should be aware ____.

A. of how your eating is related to your stress level

Page 32: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-102- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

B. how your eating is related to your stress level

C. of how is your eating related to your stress level

D. is how your eating is related to your stress level

27. A long vacation is ____.

A. what Susan needs B. Susan needs C. what does Susan need D. that Susan needs

28. Frankly speaking, ____ makes us very happy.

A. how are you here B. what are you here C. you are here D. that you are here

29. All the students wanted to know ____.

A. why did the teacher suddenly leave the classroom

B. why did the teacher suddenly leave the classroom?

C. why the teacher suddenly left the classroom.

D. why the teacher suddenly left the classroom?

30. The police asked me ____.

A. I lived where B. did I live where C. where did I live D. where I lived

31. It is unclear ____.

A. whether he shot himself or was murdered B. that he shot himself or was murdered

C. if did he shoot himself or was murdered D. whether was he shot himself or murdered

32. ____ is ____.

A. What bothers me / that my friend is so talkative

B. What do I bother / my friend is so talkative

C. How bothers me / that my friend is so talkative

D. How do I bother / my friend is so talkative

33. I was not sure ____.

A. which would you like B. you would like it

C. whether you would like it D. whether would you like it

34. Can you guess ____?

A. what is his occupation B. what his occupation is

C. that his occupation is D. that is his occupation

35. ____ is your own business.

A. Do you do B. What will do after school

C. What do you do after school D. What you do after school

36. ____ did not surprise us.

A. Peter failed his exam B. Peter failed his exam that

C. that Peter failed his exam D. Peter failed his exam, that

37. Mrs. Kramer rang half an hour ago to ask ____.

A. her cake was ready B. if her cake was ready

C. was her cake ready D. that was her cake ready

38. ____ depends mostly on her test scores.

A. Whether she goes to college B. Whether does she go to college

C. If does she go to college D. That if she goes to college

39. A good coach never reveals to other teams ____.

A. what his team's weaknesses are B. his team’s weaknesses are

C. that his team’s weaknesses are D. that are his team’s weaknesses

40. ____ is a mystery.

A. Why isn’t he here today B. Why isn’t he here today?

C. Why he isn’t here today D. Why he isn’t here today?

41. Your wage depends on ____.

A. how do you work B. how you work C. you work D. do you work

42. ____ is not as important as ____.

A. How many you have read books / do you understand what you have read

B. How many have books you read / whether you understand have what you read

C. Books you have read / you understand what you have read

Page 33: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-103- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

D. How many books you have read / whether you understand what you have read

43. I asked myself ____.

A. whether is margarine healthier than butter

B. is that margarine healthier than butter

C. if margarine is healthier than butter

D. that margarine is healthier than butter or not

44. Scientists have long wondered ____.

A. which parts of the brain are involved in musical tasks

B. parts of the brain are involved in musical tasks

C. which are parts of the brain involved in musical tasks

D. are parts of the brain involved in musical tasks

45. Please tell me ____

A. why you look so worried. B. why do you so worried.

C. why do you look so worried? D. you look so worried why.

46. ____ is none of your business.

A. If happened between Julius and me B. That happened between Julius and me

C. Happening between Julius and me D. Whatever happened between Julius and me

47. He asked me ____.

A. what the weather was B. what was the weather like

C. what the weather was like D. what the weather like

48. No one is really sure ____.

A. whether did he resign B. that he resign

C. why he resigned D. why did he resign

49. He seemed to be unaware of ____.

A. what happening around him was B. what was happening around him

C. what around him was happening D. what happening around him

50. John thought ____.

A. that he had seen a ghost B. had he seen a ghost

C. how can he see a ghost D. when had he seen a ghost

MODULE 19

WORD FORMATION AND WORD ORDER

(Cách thành lập từ và trật tự từ)

I. WORD FORMATIONS (Cách thành lập từ)

Thành lập danh từ (noun formations)

Một số danh từ được thành lập bằng cách thêm các hậu tố (suffixes) vào sau động từ (verb), danh

từ (noun) hoặc tín từ (adjective).

VERB + -ment / -al

Invest investment (sự đầu tư) amuse amusement (trò vui)

Approve approval (sự tán thành) propose proposal (lời đề nghị)

VERB + -ion / -ation

Introduce introduction (sự giới thiệu) invent invention (sự phát minh)

Explain explanation (lời giải thích) rotate rotation (sự quay vòng quanh)

Erode erosion (sự xói mòn)

VERB + -ance / -ence

Attend attendance (sự tham dự) depend dependence (sự phụ thuộc)

VERB + -or / -er / -ar / -ant / -ee

Learn learner (học viên) educate educator (nhà giáo dục)

Page 34: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-104- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Beg beggar (người ăn xin) employ employee (nhân viên)

Attend attendant (người tham dự)

VERB + -ing / -y

Paint painting (bức tranh) discover discovery (điều khám phá)

VEBR + -ure / -age

Expose exposure (sự tiếp xúc) drain drainage (sự tháo nước)

NOUN + -ship / -hood

Friend friendship (tình bạn) brother brotherhood (tình anh em)

NOUN + -ism (nói về chủ nghĩa hoặc học thuyết)

Capital capitalism (chủ nghĩa tư bản)

ADJECTIVE + -ce / -ity

Important importance (tầm quan trọng) Mature maturity (sự trưởng thành)

ADJECTIVE + -ness / -dom

Sick sickness (căn bệnh) free freedom (sự tự do)

ADJECTIVE + -ism

Social socialism (chủ nghĩa xã hội) Formal formalism (chủ nghĩa hình thức)

Một số danh từ được thành lập bằng cách thêm tiền tố (prefixes) vào trước danh từ

super- / under- + NOUN

market supermarket (siêu thị) current undercurrent (dòng nước ngầm)

sur- / sub- + NOUN

face surface (bề mặt) standard substandard (dưới tiêu chuẩn)

Thành lập động từ (verb formations)

Động từ thường được thành lập bằng cách thêm hậu tố (suffixes) hoặc tiền tố (prefixes) vào danh

từ, tính từ hoặc động từ khác.

NOUN + -fy

Beauty beautify (làm đẹp) identity identify (nhận dạng)

NOUN / ADJECTIVE + -ize / -ise

Social socialize (xã hội hóa) symbol symbolize (tượng trưng cho)

AJECTIVE + -en

Tight tighten (thắt chặt) weak weaken (làm suy yếu)

En- + NOUN / ADJECTIVE

danger endanger (gây nguy hại) rich enrich (làm giàu)

over- / under- / super- + VERB

act overact (diễn cường diệu) estimate underestimate(đánh giá thấp)

Một số ngoại động từ (transitive verbs) được thành lập bằng cách them tiền tố out- vào nội động

từ (intransitive verbs).

Go outgo (trội hơn) weigh outweigh (nặng hơn)

Page 35: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-105- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Ngoại động từ (transitive verbs) là động từ luôn có tân ngữ trực tiếp (direct object) theo sau.

Nội động từ (intransitive verbs) là động từ không cần có tân ngữ (object).

Thành lập tính từ (adjective formations)

Một số tính từ được thành lập bằng cách thêm hậu tố (suffixes) vào sau danh từ hoặc động từ.

NOUN + -ful / -less

Harm harmful / harmless (có hại / vô hại)

Use useful / useless (có ích / vô ích)

NOUN + -y / -ly

Rain rainy (có mưa) year yearly (hằng năm)

NOUN + -al

Culture cultural (thuộc văn hóa) music musical (thuộc âm nhạc)

NOUN + -ous / -able

Adventure adventurous (mạo hiểm) comfort comfortable (thoải mái)

NOUN + -ish / -like

Self selfish (ích kỷ) child childlike (như trẻ con)

VERB + -ive

Act active (tích cực) attract attractive (hấp dẫn, lôi cuốn)

VERB + -able / -ible

Accept acceptable (có thể chấp nhận) reduce reducible (có thể giảm)

VERB + -ing / -ed

Interest interesting / interested (thú vị)

Một số tính từ mang nghĩa phủ định được thành lập bằng cách thêm tiền tố phủ định (un-, in-,

im-, ir-, il-, dis-) vào trước tình từ.

Happy unhappy (không hạnh phúc formal informal (thân mật)

Patient impatient (thiếu kiên nhẫn) regular irregular (bất thường)

Legal illegal (bất hợp pháp) honest dishonest (không thành thật)

Thành lập trạng từ (adverb formations)

Trạng từ thường được thành lập bằng cách thêm hậu tố -ly vào sau tính từ

ADJECTIVE + ly ADVERB

Quiet quietly (một cách yên tĩnh) lucky luckily (một cách may mắn)

Careful carefully (một cách cẩn thận)

But: good well (tốt, giỏi) hard hard (khó khăn, chăm chỉ)

Fast fast (nhanh) late late / lately (trễ / mới đây)

II. WORD ORDER (Trật tự từ)

Danh từ (nouns): Danh từ thường đứng ở các vị trí:

- Chủ ngữ (subject) hoặc tân ngữ (object) của câu.

Ví dụ: Pollution is harmful to our health.

(Sự ô nhiễm có hại cho sức khỏe của chúng ta.)

I bought the painting yesterday. (Tôi mua bức tranh này hôm qua.)

- Sau các tính từ hoặc tính từ sở hữu (his, my, her,…)

Ví dụ: His mother is a good teacher. (Mẹ anh ấy là giáo viên giỏi.)

Page 36: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-106- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

- Sau enough và các từ chỉ số lượng (much, many, some, any, most, few,..)

Ví dụ: We don’t have enough money to buy that house.

(Chúng tôi không có đủ tiền mua ngôi nhà đó.)

Didn’t you borrow some books of mine?

(Có phải bạn đã mượn vài cuốn sách của tôi.)

- Sau các mạo từ (a, an, the), từ hạn định (this, that, each, every, both,…) và các giới từ (in, on,

of, with,…). Lưu ý cấu trúc a / an / the / … + Adj + N

Ví dụ: The dolphin is an intelligent animal. (Cá heo là loài động vật thông minh.)

She was lying in bed. (Cô ấy đang nằm trên giường.)

Tính từ (adjectives): tính từ thường đứng ở các vị trí:

- Trước danh từ

Ví dụ: She has very modern ideas about educating her children.

(Bà ấy có quan điểm dạy con rất hiện đại.)

Trật tự của tính từ đứng trước danh từ

Khi có nhiều tình từ trước danh từ, các tính từ được viết theo trật tự sau:

opinion size age shape color origin material type purpose + N

ý kiến kích thước tuổi hình dáng màu sắc xuất xứ chất liệu loại mục đích

Ví dụ: a fat old white horse. (một con ngựa trắng già mập mạp)

a beautiful small round black leather handbag.

(một cái túi xách bằng da, tròn, nhỏ, màu đen rất xinh xắn)

an enormous brown German glass beer mug.

(một cái cốc của Đức, to, màu nâu và làm bằng thủy tinh)

- Sau các hệ từ (linking verbs) be, get, seem, appear, feel, taste, look, smell, become keep /

make + object

Ví dụ: You look happy now. (Lúc này trông các bạn thật hạnh phúc.)

The news made her happy. (Tin đó làm cô ấy vui.)

- Sau too, trước enough và cấu trúc so…that

Ví dụ: He’s too short to play basketball. (Anh ấy quá thấp không thể chơi bóng rỗ được.)

He isn’t tall enough to play basketball.

(Anh ấy không đủ cao để chơi bóng rỗ.)

She was so angry that she couldn’t speak.

(Bà ấy giận đến mức không nói được.)

- Trong câu so sánh và câu cảm thán với How và What

Ví dụ: He is as deaf as a post. (Ông ta điếc đặc.)

How beautiful the girl is! (Cô gái đó xinh quá!)

Trạng từ (adverbs): Trạng từ thường đứng ở các vị trí

- Sau trợ động từ, động từ to be và trước động từ thường.

Ví dụ: I have recently met him at the supermarket. (Tôi vừa gặp anh ấy ở siêu thị.)

He often goes to bed late. (Anh ấy thường đi ngủ trễ.)

- Trước tính từ.

Ví dụ: An extremely pretty woman entered the room.

(Một người phụ nữ cực kỳ duyên dáng bước vào phòng.)

- Sau too, enough và trong cấu trúc so…that

Ví dụ: She came too late to see him yesterday.

(Hôm qua cô ấy đến quá trễ nên không gặp được anh ta.)

Page 37: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-107- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

- Cuối câu hoặc đôi khi đứng một mình ở đầu câu và cách câu bằng dấu phẩy (,)

Ví dụ: We’ll let you know our decision next week.

(Chúng tôi sẽ cho các bạn biết quyết định của chúng tôi tuần sau.)

Fortunately, there were enough seats left for the concert.

(Rất may là buổi hòa nhạc vẫn còn đủ chỗ.)

Vị trí các loại trạng từ

a. Trạng từ chỉ thời gian (Adverbs of time) thường được đặt ở đầu câu hoặc cuối câu

Ví dụ: Can you do it now? (Anh có thể làm điều đó ngay bây giờ không?)

b. Trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn (Adverbs of place) đứng sau động từ, tân ngữ và trước trạng từ chỉ

thời gian nếu trạng từ chỉ thời gian đặt cuối câu.

Ví dụ: John is standing there. (John đang ở đằng kia.)

I will take you home this evening. (Tôi sẽ đưa bạn về nhà tối nay.)

c. Trạng từ chỉ thể cách (Adverbs of manner) thường được đặt sau trạng từ chỉ mức độ, động

từ, tân ngữ, cuối câu hoặc tính từ.

Ví dụ: Jack drives very carefully. (John lái xe rất cẩn thận.)

d. Trạng từ năng diễn (Adverbs of frequency) thường đứng sau động từ TO BE, trợ động từ và

trước động từ thường.

Ví dụ: I am usually busy on Monday. (Tôi thường bận rộn vào thứ Hai.)

* Trạng từ năng diễn có thể đặt ở đầu câu trong trường hợp nhấn mạnh (Xem phần Inversion).

e. Trạng từ chỉ mức độ (Adverbs of degree) thường được đặt sau động từ hoặc cuối câu.

Ví dụ: They like playing golf a lot. (Họ rất thích chơi gôn.)

f. Trạng từ chỉ ý kiến (Adverbs of comment) thường được đặt ở đầu câu.

Ví dụ: Luckily, I was able to the presentation. (May là tôi đã có thể đến xem buổi diễn.)

Động từ (verbs): động từ thường đứng sau chủ ngữ.

Ví dụ: I believe her because she always tell the truth. (Tôi tin cô ấy vì cô ấy luôn nói thật.)

MULTIPLE CHOICE Choose A, B, C or D that best completes the sentence.

1. The fire-prevention system is ____ by any small increase in temperature.

A. active B. activated C. acted D. acting

2. She was completely ____ because she was wearing a mask and sunglasses.

A. recognize B. recognition C. recognizable D. unecognizable

3. A laser beam consists of a ____ of pure light.

A. concentrate B. concentration C. concentrative D. concentrating

4. Laser beams have been used for cancer ____.

A. treat B. treatable C. untreatable D. treatment

5. To ____ in a job interview, you should arrive on time, be well-dressed, and keep ____ when

answering the questions.

A. successfully /calm B. successful /calmness C. success /calmly D. succeed /calm

6. Air pollution happens when wastes are poured into the atmosphere and air becomes ____

and unpleasant to breathe.

A. contaminate B. contamination C. contaminated D. contaminative

7. The practice of ____ is also known as farming.

A. agriculture B. agricultural C. agriculturally D. agriculturalist

8. A (an) ______ home environment can affect a child’s ____.

A. happiness / behavioral B. happy / behave

Page 38: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-108- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

C. unhappiness / behave D. unhappy / behavior

9. Isaac Newton laid the ____ for many other discoveries in mathematics and physics.

A. found B. founded C. founder D. foundation

10. The geneticists have discovered the laws of ____.

A. inherit B. inheritance C. inheritor D. inheritable

11. The most serious cause of pollution is the ____ of industry.

A. develop B. development C. developmental D. developed

12. We earn our ____ by raising cattle and chicken.

A. live B. life C. living D. lives

13. Marilyn Monroe was very ____ in the 1960s.

A. famous B. famously C. fame D. famousness

14. That car is ____.

A. surprisingly expensive B. surprised expensively

C. surprise expense D. surprising expensiveness

15. Smoking has ____ effects on our health.

A. harm B. harmful C. harmfully D. harmlessly

16. Something went ____ with my computer so I could not complete my work.

A. wrong B. wrongly C. wrongness D. wrongfulness

17. He looked at the picture ____ without saying a word.

A. attentive B. attention C. attentively D. attentiveness

18. Vitamin D helps us not only build ____ teeth and bones but also absorb calcium.

A. strong B. strength C. strongly D. strengthen

19. Every day, people dispose ____ waste from both domestic and ____ sources without paying

any attention to the bad results.

A. wanting / commerce B. unwanted / commercialize

C. wanted / commercially D. unwanted / commercial

20. My mother has just bought an ____ washing machine.

A. automation B. automate C. automatic D. automatically

21. Many teenagers are not well-____ for ____.

A. prepare / employer B. prepared / employment

C. paration / unemployed D. preparative / employee

22. They have little ____ about ____ Technology.

A. knowledgeable / Inform B. knowledge / Information

C. knowable / Informing D. know / Informative

23. Railroads, airplanes, cars and highways make it ____ to travel.

A. easy B. ease C. easily D. easiness

24. English provides you with ready access to higher ____.

A. promote B. promoter C. promotion D. promotional

25. It is very important for children to do something ____, such as to play some musical

instrument, paint, and play football.

A. create and athlete B. creatively and athletics

C. creative and athletic D. creation and athletically

26. The ____ of automobile has created a demand for petrol ____.

A. invent / consume B. inventive / consumer

C. inventor / consuming D. invention / consumption

27. We find it ____ to do housework.

A. bore B. bored C. boring D. boringly

28. ____ does not interest me as much as literature.

A. Economics B. Economy C. Economic D. Economical

29. Almost every language in the world has dialects and American English is no ____.

A. except B. exceptive C. exception D. exceptional

30. Laura failed to give ____ reasons for her ___ from the meeting yesterday.

Page 39: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-109- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. satisfactory / absence B. satisfy / absent

C. satisfaction / absently D. satisfied / absence

31. John is a student of ____. He will graduate from the ____ college next month.

A. medication / medically B. medical / medical

B. medical / medicine D. medicine / medical

32. They found it ____ to solve their problems.

A. impossible B. impossibly C. impossibility D. possibility

33. Efforts to begin the ____ on the bridge began as early as 1928.

A. construct B. constructor C. construction D. constructive

34. The population of Greater London is about 7.2 million (2001 census), making it the most

____ city in the United Kingdom.

A. population B. populous C. populously D. populousness

35. There are different ____ in school systems today.

A. acts B. actions C. activities D. actors

36. The city lifestyle seems not to get on well with her. She did not get much ____ in everything.

A. success B. succeed C. successful D. successfully

37. We are in ____ of the campaign to end illiteracy among teenagers.

A. support B. supportive C. supporter D. supportively

38. I do not know which picture books are suitable for my little son. Have you got any ____?

A. recommend B. recommender C. recommendation D. recommendable

39. ____ and cultural places in our country should be given appropriate care.

A. History B. Historian C. Historical D. Historically

40. It is important to protect landscapes from the harmful effects of ____ pollution.

A. environment B. environmentalist C. environmentalism D. environmental

41. China is a huge country, containing a ____ of culture and ____ of landscape.

A. rich / diverse B. richly / diversely C. richness / diversity D. riches / diversity

42. Do not use time and money ____.

A. care B. careful C. careless D. carelessly

43. To be ____, I think you have made a wrong ____.

A. honest / decision B. honesty / decide C. honestly / decisive D. dishonestly /

decider

44. ____ of wildlife is happening frequently all over the world.

A. Destroy B. Destruction C. Destructive D. Destructively

45. Thanks to ____ environmentalists and conservationists, many kinds of plants and animals

are protected.

A. enthusiast B. enthusiasm C. enthusiastic D. enthusiastically

46. Humans have caused a lot of ____ to the environment, and now they have to suffer from

____ pollution.

A. damageable / seriousness B. damaging / serious

C. damage / serious D. damage / seriously

47. People are more aware of the ____ of music in treating mental ____.

A. important / illness B. importantly / illness C. important / ill D. importance / illness

48. Conservation is a more and more of a ____.

A. necessity B. necessary C. necessarily D. necessitate

49. Most of the wastes from factories are ____. They are ____ our environment.

A. poisonous / poisoning B. poison / poisoned

C. poisonously / poisoned D. poisons / poisoner

50. Rap music is becoming more and more ____ among teenagers.

A. popularize B. popular C. popularity D. popularly

51. Mary is ____.

A. a young beautiful girl B. a beautiful young girl

C. beautiful a young girl D. beautiful young a girl

Page 40: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-110- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

52. Look at the man who is wearing ____.

A. a tie dirty old cotton B. a cotton dirty old tie

C. an old cotton dirty tie D. a dirty old cotton tie

53. Peter has just come back from Japan. He gave me ____.

A. a small Japanese serving bowl B. a Japanese small serving bowl

C. a serving small Japanese bowl D. a Japanese serving small bowl

54. Mary has just bought ____.

A. a big red hat B. a red big hat C. big red -a hat D. a hat big red

55. The concert was performed by ____.

A. an exciting new band french B. a new French exciting band

C. an exciting new French band D. a French exciting new band

56. There was ____ in the middle of the room.

A. a square wooden old table B. an old table square wooden

C. an old square wooden table D. a wooden old square table

57. The sculptor needs ____.

A. a carving steel new knife B. a carving new steel knife

C. a steel carving new knife D. a new steel carving knife

58. On the way to Toronto, I met ____, who became one of my best friends later.

A. a thin small Canadian lady B. a Canadian small thin lady

C. a small thin Canadian lady D. a small Canadian thin lady

59. ____ our neighbors bought a new car.

A. Late last year B. Last year late C. Last late year D. Year last late

60. Portia White was ____.

A. a famous opera singer B. a famous singer opera

C. an opera famous singer D. a singer famous opera

61. David Garrick was ____.

A. a very eighteenth-century prominent actor

B. a very prominent eighteenth-century actor

C. an eighteenth-century very prominent actor

D. an actor very prominent eighteenth-century

62. Sarah Siddons was ____ in the 1780s.

A. of her career as an actress at the height B. of her career at the height as an actress

C. at the height of her career as an actress D. as an actress at the height of her career

63. He tripped over ____.

A. in the hallway a box left carelessly B. a box in the hallway left carelessly

C. carelessly a box left in the hallway D. a box left carelessly in the hallway

64. The road crew was startled by ____.

A. the sight of three large deer crossing the road

B. crossing the road the sight of three large deer

C. three large deer of the sight crossing the road

D. three large deer crossing the road of the sight

65. They received ____ because they had studied hard.

A. on their exam high marks B. high marks on their exam

C. their exam on high marks D. their marks on high exam

66. He ____ changes and new ideas.

A. is often unwilling to accept B. is unwilling to accept often

C. often is unwilling to accept D. is often accept to unwilling

67. I often play football ____.

A. on the garden in Sundays B. in Sundays on the garden

C. in the garden on Sundays D. on Sundays in the garden

68. We will not spend ____.

A. at home next year our holiday B. at home our holiday next year

Page 41: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-111- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

C. our holiday at home next year D. our holiday next year at home

69. ____ for us?

A. How has she been waiting long B. Has she been waiting how long

C. How long has she been waiting D. How long she has been waiting

70. I do not understand why some local people insist on having ____.

A. six different kinds of cupboards in their mustard

B. six different kinds of mustard in their cupboards

C. mustard of their cupboards in six different kinds

D. in their mustard cupboards of six different kinds

71. The vacation my grandparents won includes ____.

A. trips to twelve European cities B. European cities to twelve trips

C. to twelve European cities trips D. European trips to twelve cities

72. According to the sign, the nearest town is ____.

A. 60 away miles B. away 60 miles C. 60 miles away D. 60-miles away

73. ____ were invaded by beetles this summer.

A. The neighborhood in all the gardens B. In the gardens all the neighborhood

C. All the gardens in the neighborhood D. The gardens in all the neighborhood

74. We painted ____.

A. table the red and chairs the blue B. blue the chairs and red the table

C. red the table and blue the chairs D. the table red and the chairs blue

75. ____, Martha Ballad can communicate in English fluently.

A. Over the course of two years B. Over of two years the course

C. Of two years over the course D. Of over two years the course

76. She moved ____.

A. quite slowly down the aisle B. down the aisle slowly quite

C. slowly quite down the aisle D. the aisle quite slowly down

77. She has lived ____.

A. her life on all the island B. the island on all her life

C. on the island all her life D. on her life all the island

78. She goes to work ____.

A. on the mainland every day by boat B. by boat on the mainland every day

C. on the mainland by boat every day D. every day by boat on the mainland

79. I ____ to my brother without a good reason.

A. have written rarely B. written have rarely

C. have rarely written D. rarely have written

80. Beth swims ____.

A. enthusiastically every morning to keep in shape in the pool

B. enthusiastically in the pool every morning to keep in shape

C. every morning to keep in shape enthusiastically in the pool

D. to keep in shape every morning enthusiastically in the pool

81. Mr. Pike walks ____ to get a newspaper.

A. before supper into town every afternoon patiently

B. patiently into town every afternoon before supper

C. into town every afternoon patiently before supper

D. before supper every afternoon into town patiently

82. My father takes a leisure walk ____.

A. before breakfast every day of his life B. every day before breakfast of his life

C. breakfast before every day of his life D. of his life eveiy day before breakfast

83. I was born ____.

A. in a small house on the plains of northern Nebraska

B. on the plains in a small house of northern Nebraska

C. on the plains of northern Nebraska in a small house

Page 42: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-112- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

D. in northern Nebraska of a small house on the plains

84. ____ Jesse filled the coffee cup up to the brim, even above the brim.

A. Ever so slowly, carefully, B. Carefully, slowly, ever so,

C. Slowly, so ever carefully, D. Slowly, ever so carefully,

85. She promised to meet him ____.

A. for next lunch Tuesday B. for lunch next Tuesday

C. next lunch for Tuesday D. Tuesday next for lunch

86. These shoes are ____.

A. enough not big B. big not enough C. not enough big D. not big enough

87. I have ____.

A. special something to tell you B. to tell you special something

C. something special to tell you D. to tell something special you

88. She does not earn ____.

A. money enough to support her family B. enough money to support her family

C. to support her family enough money D. to support her family money enough

89. She didn’t ____.

A. run enough fast to win B. run fast enough to win

C. run to win fast enough D. run to win enough fast

90. Dry the car ____.

A. with a towel soft fluffy carefully B. with a soft fluffy carefully towel

C. with a carefully soft fluffy towel D. carefully with a soft fluffy towel

91. They walked ____.

A. at home slowly night B. home at slowly night

C. slowly home at night D. home slowly at night

92. We ____.

A. have never visited London before B. have visited London never before

C. have never before visited London D. never have visited London before

93. My book is ____.

A. nor in my bag neither on the shelf B. neither in my bag nor on the shelf

C. neither in the shelf nor on my bag D. in my bag nor on the shelf neither

94. The people ____.

A. in the line moved incredibly quickly B. in the line moved quickly incredibly

C. incredibly in the line moved quickly D. moved quickly in the line incredibly

95. Juan made an appointment to see his doctor ____.

A. on the first at two o’clock of Thursday, July next summer

B. at two o’clock on the first Thursday of next July summer

C. at two o’clock on the first Thursday of July next summer

D. on the first Thursday of July at two o’clock next summer

96. ____ this kind of talent on a small-town high school baseball team.

A. Do rarely we see B. Do we see rarely C. Rarely do we see D. Rarely we do see

97. She wrote ____.

A. unusually neatly the report B. the report neatly unusually

C. unusually the report neatly D. the report unusually neatly

98. ____, he could not manage to avoid the accident.

A. Carefully as drove he B. Carefully as he drove

C. He drove as carefully D. As he drove carefully

99. Beach erosion is ____ that is destroying or removing sand from a beach.

A. the act either or a human of weather factor B. either a human or weather factor of the act

C. the act of either a human or weather factor D. the act of or a human either weather factor

100. He usually meets his friends ____.

A. at the pub after dinner B. after dinner at the pub

C. after the pub at dinner D. the pub after at dinner

Page 43: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-113- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

MODULE 20

QUESTIONS

(Câu hỏi)

1. YES-NO QUESTIONS (Câu hỏi Có-Không)

Câu hỏi có không bắt đầu bằng một trợ động từ (do, be, have, modal verbs) hoặc động từ to be,

Auxiliary / Be + subject…?

Ví dụ: Are you a student? ~ Yes, I am. / No, I am not.

(Bạn có phải là sinh viên không? ~ Phải. / Không phải.)

Did Peter go with you? ~ Yes, he did. / No, he didn’t.

(Có phải Peter đã đi với bạn không? ~ Phải. / Không.)

Has Mary come home yet? ~ Yes, she has. / No, she hasn’t.

(Mary về nhà chưa? ~ Rồi. / Chưa.)

2. WH-QUESTIONS

Câu hỏi wh- bắt đầu bằng các nghi vấn từ (question words): who, whom, whose, where, when,

which, what, why, how, how far, how long, how many, v.v.

Question word + auxiliary / be + subject…?

Ví dụ: What is John doing? ~ He is reading.

(John đang làm gì vậy? ~ Anh ấy đang đọc sách.)

Why are you absent yesterday? ~ Because I was ill.

(Tại sao bạn vắng mặt hôm qua? ~ Vì tôi bị bệnh.)

How often do you go shopping? ~ Once a week.

(Bao lâu bạn đi mua sắm một lần? ~ Mỗi tuần một lần.)

* Lưu ý: Khi đặt câu hỏi cho chủ từ, trật tự từ giống câu kể.

Ví dụ: Who helped you with your work? (Ai giúp bạn làm việc?)

What will happen next? (Chuyện gì sẽ diễn ra tiếp theo?)

3. OR-QUESTIONS (Câu hỏi lựa chọn) Câu hỏi lựa chọn bắt đầu bằng to be hoặc trợ động từ (be, do, have, will, v.v.) và có liên từ or.

Ví dụ: Are you a worker or a driver? ~ I am a driver.

(Bạn là công nhân hay là tài xế? ~ Tôi là tài xế.)

Would you like coffee or tea? ~ I’d like coffee.

(Bạn thích cà phê hay trà? ~ Tôi thích cà phê.)

4. TAG QUESTIONS

Câu hỏi đuôi được thành lập bằng một trợ động từ (hoặc động từ be) và một đại từ nhân xưng.

Auxiliary verb (+ not) + pronoun?

- Câu trần thuật xác định câu hỏi đuôi phủ định

- Câu trần thuật phủ định câu hỏi đuôi xác định

Statement Tag question

Affirmative (Khẳng định) Negative (Phủ định)

Negative (Phủ định) Affirmative (Khẳng định)

Ví dụ: John is at work, isn’t he? (John đang làm việc phải không?)

You did not go to school yesterday, did you?

(Hôm qua bạn không có đi học phải không?)

Open the door, will you? (Mở giúp tôi cửa được không?)

I am right, aren’t I? (Tôi đúng phải không?)

Let’s go out, shall we? (Chúng ta đi chơi được không?)

Page 44: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-114- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

MULTIPLE CHOICE Choose A, B, C or D that best completes the sentence.

1. What ____?

A. does your company produce B. your company produce

C. does your company produces D. do your company produce

2. ____? – It is sunny.

A. How is the weather like B. What does the weather like

C. What is the weather like D. How does the weather like

3. ____ can we meet? – At three o’clock tomorrow.

A. Why B. When C. What D. Whom

4. ____ glass is yours? – The empty one.

A. How B. Which C. Whom D. Whose

5. ____? – It’s my father's.

A. Who is the car B. What is the car C. Whose car is it D. Which is the car

6. If you were me, ____?

A. what would you do B. what you would do

C. what do you would D. what would do you

7. ____? – I will have coffee.

A. Will you have coffee B. What are you doing?

C. Would you like tea or coffee D. Would you like coffee

8. ____? – In a pool.

A. Can you swim B. Where do you often go swimming

C. Is Peter swimming D. How often do you go swimming

9. Did John go to work or to school? - ____.

A. No, he didn’t B. Not yet C. To work D. Yes, he did

10. When does your class finish? ~ ____.

A. By Mr. Pike, our form teacher B. Not very often

C. In the hall D. At 11 o’clock

11. Where is your pencil? - ____.

A. With my right hand B. In my handbag

C. Because it has lost D. Although it is expensive

12. Has Peter cleaned the floor yet? - ____.

A. Not yet B. No, he doesn’t C. Yes, he does D. Yes, he is

13. Would you like to drink something? - ____.

A. No, thanks B. I drank tea C. I like coffee better than tea D. I am full

14. ____ the advertisement in?

A. Which paper you have seen B. Which did paper you see

C. Which paper did you see D. Which paper you saw

15. How ____ do they go shopping? – Twice a week.

A. much B. long C. often D. far

16. ____ with his work yesterday? - John did.

A. Who did Peter help B. Who helped Peter

C. Whom did Peter help D. Who did helped Peter

17. ____ before cars and trains were invented?

A. Which was means of transport used B. Which means of transport was used

C. Which did means of transport used D. Which did means of transport use

18. ____? – It is the system of paying for goods or services with other goods or services instead

of using money.

A. How is barter B. Which barter is C. What barter is D. What is barter

19. ____ for grading eggs?

A. Be can this device used B. Can be used this device

Page 45: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-115- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

C. Can be this device used D. Can this device be used

20. ____? – He is tall and handsome with a charming smile.

A. Has the newcomer got a charming smile B. What does the newcomer look

C. Whose is the newcomer’s D. How does the newcomer look

21. ____? – J-O-H-N.

A. How do you spell your name? B. Do they name their son John

C. Which does your name D. What do you mean

22. ____ did you buy so much food? – To serve some guests tonight.

A. How B. When C. Why D. Where

23. ____ everything been OK?

A. Does B. Is C. Has D. Did

24. ____ did the machine run? – Perfectly.

A. How B. What C. Which D. When

25. ____ to speak? – The manager.

A. To whom did the reporter want B. To who did the reporter want

C. To whom the reporter wanted D. What did the reporter want

26. ____ you found the book you wanted?

A. Do B. Did C. Have D. Are

27. ____ everyone listening to the lecturer attentively?

A. Are B. Has C. Does D. Was

28. ____ our uniforms? – No, we needn’t.

A. Do we should wear B. Must we wear

C. Are we must wear D. Need we wear

29.____? – By Charles Dickens.

A. By whom was this novel written B. By whom this novel was written

C. By was whom this novel written D. Was whom this novel written by

30. Has the pollution been solved by those environmentalists? - ____.

A. Yes, they have B. No, they haven’t C. Yes, it does D. No, it hasn’t

31. ____? – To enter Cambridge University.

A. What university is John learning English B. Why does John learn English

C. How is John learning English D. Where is John learning English

32. What size are you? - ____.

A. Thirty-six years old B. Thirty-six miles C. Thirty-six D. Thirty-six meters

33. ____ yet?

A. Have the letters been sent B. Have been sent the letters

C. Have been the letters sent D. Have sent the letters been

34. ____ do you often go to work? – By car.

A. How B. How long C. How far D. How much

35. ____ is the device used for? – For counting money.

A. When B. Why C. What D. Which

36. ____ you interested in the book I lent you?

A. Do B. Have C. Are D. Did

37. ____ call me soon?

A. Why haven’t you B. Why you don’t C. Why aren’t you D. Why didn’t you

38. ____ it your responsibility to solve the problem? – Of course not.

A. Has B. Was C. Does D. Will

39. ____ a new computer?

A. Ought we to buy B. Do we ought to buy

C. Will we ought to buy D. Have we ought to buy

40. Don’t make the mistake again, ____?

A. do you B. mustn’t you C. won’t you D. will you

41. Peter’s got a new car, ____?

Page 46: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-116- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. is he B. isn’t he C. hasn’t he D. does he

42. Economics is not taught at high school, ____?

A. isn’t it B. is it C. are they D. does it

43. The film was not really good, ____?

A. does it B. does not it C. was it D. was not it

44. You used to live in New York, ____?

A. were not you B. did you C. don’t you D. didn’t you

45. Pollution causes many diseases, ____?

A. does it B. doesn’t it C. do they D. don’t they

46. Give me a hand, ____?

A. will you B. do you C. don’t you D. don’t I

47. Let’s do something to help Peter, ____?

A. will we B. do you C. shall we D. have we

48. I think Peter won’t come with us, ____?

A. do I B. does he C. will I D. will he

49. I’m responsible for the preparation, ____?

A. am not I B. aren’t I C. am I D. do I

50. We have not got enough food for the dinner, ____?

A. do we B. don’t we C. have we D. will we

Finish these sentences by adding a tag question with the correct form of the verbs and the

subject pronoun.

1. You’re going to school tomorrow, ____________?

2. Gary signed the petition, ___________________?

3. There’s an exam tomorrow, _________________?

4. Beverly will be attending the university in September, ____________?

5. She’s been studying English foe two years, ___________________?

6. It doesn’t work, _______________?

7. He should stay in bed, _______________?

8. Let’s go fishing, ____________?

9. Jill and Joe have been to Mexico, _______________?

10. You and I talked to the professor yesterday, ___________________?

11. You will stay in touch, ____________?

12. After the couple of the years the heat gets too much, ____________?

13. You didn’t know I was an artist, _________________?

14. It is quite warm, ____________?

15. That hardly counts, ______________?

16. Oh, he wants us to make films as well, ____________________?

17. I’ll tell you roughly, _____________?

18. You rarely see that sort of thing these days, ____________?

19. Women are very seldom convicted, ___________________?

20. Nobody knows the answer, _________________?

MODULE 21

PHRASES

(Cụm từ) Cụm từ là một nhóm từ hay loại câu mà những từ trong đó có liên hệ với nhau.

1. Cụm động từ nguyên mẫu (infinitive phrase): bắt đầu bằng một động từ nguyên mẫu. Cụm

động từ nguyên mẫu được dùng như:

- Danh từ (noun)

Ví dụ: To save money now seems impossible.

Page 47: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-117- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

It seems impossible to save money now.

(Có vẻ như bây giờ chưa thể để dành tiền được.)[làm chủ từ cho seems]

- Tính từ (adjective)

Ví dụ: He always has a lot of money to send on his foreign trips.

(Anh ta luôn có nhiều tiền để chi cho các chuyến đi nước ngoài .)

[bổ nghĩa cho động từ money]

- Trạng từ (adverb)

Ví dụ: She went home to get her books. (Cô ấy về nhà để lấy sách.)[bổ nghĩa cho động từ went]

2. Cụm danh động từ (gerund phrase): bắt đầu bằng một danh động từ (V-ing). Cụm danh

động từ được dùng như một danh từ, làm chủ ngữ của câu, tân ngữ cho động từ và giới từ, bổ

ngữ cho chủ ngữ và tân ngữ, hoặc làm động cách từ cho danh từ. (Xem phần Infinitives &

Gerunds)

Ví dụ: Smoking cigarettes is bad for health. (Hút thuốc có hại cho sức khỏe.)

He’s finished mending the car. (Anh ấy đã sửa xe không.)

3. Cụm giới từ (prepositional phrase): bắt đầu bằng giới từ và sau đó là một danh từ hay đại

từ (làm tân ngữ cho giới từ đó). Cụm giới từ được dùng như:

- Tính từ (bổ nghĩa cho danh từ)

Ví dụ: The woman in red dress is my aunt. (Người phụ nữ mặc đầm đỏ là dì tôi.)

- Trạng từ (bổ nghĩa cho động từ và tính từ)

Ví dụ: John is standing by the gate. (John đang đứng ở cổng.)

They were very curious about the people who lived upstairs.

(Họ rất tò mò về những người sống ở tầng trên.)

4. Cụm phân từ (participle phrase): bắt đầu bằng hiện tại phân từ (present participle) hoặc

quá khứ phân từ (past participle).

a. Cụm hiện tại phân từ (present participle phrase) được dùng để rút gọn khi:

- Hai hành động có cùng chủ ngữ xảy ra đồng thời hoặc liên tiếp nhau và ở dạng chủ động

(active)

Ví dụ: The boy was running down the hill. He was chasing the cat.

The boy was running down the hill, chasing the cat.

(Cậu bé chạy xuống đồi, đuổi theo con mèo.)

Mary saw an accident. She called the police immediately.

Seeing an accident, Mary called the police immediately.

(Thấy tai nạn, Mary lập tức gọi cảnh sát.)

- Hành động có tính thường xuyên lâu dài.

Ví dụ: The woman who lives next door is nice.

The woman living next door is nice.

(Người phụ nữ sống ở nhà kế bên rất tử tế.)

* Lưu ý:

When we turned the corner, the view was quite different.

When turning the corner, we had a different view.

(Rẽ ở ngã ba, chúng tôi thấy quang cảnh hoàn toàn khác.)

[ NOT Turning the corner, the view was quite different.]

- HAVING + PAST PARTICIPLE để nhấn mạnh tính hoàn tất của hành động xảy ra trước.

Ví dụ: Having finished the work, Peter went out for lunch.

(Làm xong công việc, Peter ra ngoài ăn trưa.)

b. Cụm quá khứ phân từ (past participle phrase) được dùng để rút gọn câu ở dạng bị động

(passive)

Ví dụ: My house was built for more than thirty years ago. It needs repairing.

Built for more than thirty years ago, my house needs re pairing.

Page 48: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-118- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

(Được xây cách đây 30 năm, nhà của tôi cần được tu sửa.)

5. Cụm trạng từ (adverb phrase): thường bắt đầu bằng một giới từ và sau đó là một danh từ,

đại từ hoặc trạng từ (preposition + noun / pronoun / adverb). Cụm trạng từ có được dùng để bổ

nghĩa cho động từ, tính từ hoặc một trạng từ khác.

Ví dụ: He stood in the doorway. (Anh ta đứng ở cửa.)

Cụm trạng từ được rút gọn từ các mệnh đề trạng ngữ (Xem phần Adverb Clauses).

MULTIPLE CHOICE Choose A, B, C or D that best completes the sentence.

1. After he had gone to Japan, he went to Korea.

A. Going to Japan B. After Japan C. To have gone to Japan D. To go to Japan

2. When she found the door unlocked, Mary opened it cautiously.

A. The door unlocked B. When the door unlocked

C. On finding the door unlocked D. Found the door unlocked

3. ____, I went downstairs to see what happened.

A. Heard some strange noise B. Hearing some strange noise

C. When heard some strange noise D. As to hear some strange noise

4. The building could he entered ____.

A. being replaced the broken lock B. for being replaced the broken lock

C. after replacing the broken lock D. after being replaced the broken lock

5. ____, Lee decided to tell Susan the truth.

A. He thinking hard and long B. Thought hard and long

C. To think long and hard D. Having thought long and hard

6. As you are a doctor, you have to take responsibility for human life.

A. As a doctor B. To be a doctor C. On being a doctor D. For a doctor

7. The carpenter hit the nail ____.

A. being a hammer B. with a hammer C. by a hammer D. to be a hammer

8. ____, books on the subject must be read.

A. To find the solution B. For you to find the solution

C. Finding the solution D. For you found the solution

9. I was born and brought up in the highlands. I am used to cold weather.

A. As being born and brought up in the highlands,

B. To be born and bring up in the highlands

C. Being born and bringing up in the highlands

D. Born and brought up in the highlands,

10. ____ John decided to quit his job.

A. On discouraging by long hours’ working and low pay

B. Discouraging by long hours’ working and low pay

C. To be discouraged by long hours’ working and low pay

D. Discouraged by long hours’working and low pay

11. ____, he has become very skillful in the trade.

A. Being train for two years B. Been trained for two years

C. After having trained for two years, D. After having been trained for two years

12. The cat ____ leaped onto the window sill and meowed.

A. with its burning eyes B. burning eyes C. to burn its eyes D. eyes burnt

13. Daisy’s goal in life, ____, is within her grasp this year.

A. became a doctor B. become a doctor

C. to become a doctor D. when becoming a doctor

14. The hills ____ were long.

A. to across the valley B. that crossing the valley

C. across the valley D. it is across the valley

Page 49: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-119- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

15. ____ he gave up.

A. Realized that there was no hope to save his business,

B. Realizing that there was no hope to save his business,

C. No hope to save his business,

D. To be hopeful to save his business,

16. As she saw such a terrible scene, she fainted.

A. Seeing such a terrible scene B. Seen such a terrible scene

C. To see such a terrible scene D. As such a terrible scene

17. ____, she tried to console me.

A. When surprising at my reaction B. Surprised at my reaction

C. Being her surprise at my reaction D. With her surprising at my reaction

18. I was amazed when I learnt that John had failed again.

A. On amazed, B. Amazing C. To my amazement D. For my amazing

19. Many families break up ____.

A. because a lack of money B. because of they lack money

C. because of a lack of money D. since a lack of money

20. A lot of people are unhealthy as they have bad diets.

A. due to their bad diets B. because their bad diets

C. of their bad diets D. for their bad diets

21. ____ the tardiness of my response, I was not allowed to enter the institution.

A. Because B. Because of C. Since D. As

22. ____, human life has become better and better.

A. The progress' science and technology

B. Thanks to the progress of science and technology

C. As for the progress of science and technology

D. Because the progress of science and technology

23. Many shops are doing badly since there is an economy depression.

A. as an economy depression B. in spite of an economy depression

C. thanks for being an economy depression D. because of an economy depression

24. Although they were tired, they stayed until they found out exactly what had happened.

A. Despite they were tired B. Even if tiredness

C. In spite of being tired D. As they were tired

25. Bad as her health was, she continued working.

A. As though her health was bad B. Despite of her bad health

C. Despite her health was bad D. In spite of her bad health

26. ____, people continue to spend hours lying in the sun in the middle of the day.

A. Although warning about the potential danger of sunbathing

B. In spite of warning about the potential danger of sunbathing

C. Despite they are warned about the potential danger of sunbathing

D. Despite being warned about the potential danger of sunbathing

27. Kelvin changed his major from Geography to Business Studies ____.

A. so as to his job prospects will be improved

B. in order to his job prospects will be improved

C. in order that improve his job prospects

D. in order to improve his job prospects

28. I felt nervous, but kept it to myself ____.

A. so as not to worry my friends B. so that not worry my friends

C. in order I did not worry my friends D. in order to my friends were not worried

29. What do I have to do ____?

A. so that convince them B. in order that convince them

B. so to convince them D. so as to convince them

30. Sally brought a painting home from school ____.

Page 50: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-120- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. shown to her mother B. to show to her mother

C. and show to her mother D. she showing to her mother

31. ____, we would not have got any achievement last year.

A. As your recommendation B. If to recommend

C. To be recommended D. Without your recommendation

32. But for Kevin’s assistance, we would not have completed our term before the deadline.

A. If Kevin had not assisted me B. If Kevin did not assist me

C. Unless Kevin had not assisted me D. Provided that Kevin does not assist me

33. ____, the bird may abandon the nest.

A. As if they are disturbed B. If disturbed C. When disturbing D. On disturb

34. Unless you had interfered with my work, I would have been successful.

A. Due to your interference with my work B. As to your interference with my work

C. With your interference with my work D. Without your interference with my work

35. Papers which are submitted late will be marked down one grade.

A. submit late B. submitting late C. to submit late D. submitted late

36. The people who are from Iowa are especially nice.

A. from Iowa B. to be from Iowa C. being from Iowa D. are from Iowa

37. The bomb that was buried in the sand exploded violently.

A. was buried in the sand B. to be buried in the sand

C. burying in the sand D. buried in the sand

38. The student who scored the highest in math was praised by the professor.

A. score the highest in math B. scoring the highest in math

C. to score the highest in math D. scored the highest in math

39. John was the first student of our school who studied at Oxford University.

A. studied at Oxford University B. studying at Oxford University

C. to study at Oxford University D. he studied at Oxford University

40. We have a lot of things that we have to do, so we cannot find time when we can go out with

you.

A. do / going out with you B. to do / to go out with you

C. doing / gone out with you D. done / go out with you

41. Maty has just taken us to a bookstore where we can the books we want.

A. buy the books we want B. buying the books we want

C. to buy the books we want D. bought the books we want

42. Look! The boy who is wearing a white cap is my son.

A. wearing a white cap B. to wear a white cap

C. worn a white cap D. wear a white cap

43. I went shopping and I also visited the museum when I visited London.

A. So going shopping, B. To go shopping,

C. Thanks to going shopping D. In addition to going shopping,

44. Bill Clinton, who is the former president of the USA, is from Arkansas.

A. the former president of the USA B. to be the former president of the USA

C. being the former president of the USA D. been the former president of the USA

45. The money which had been placed on the table was mine.

A. placing on the table B. to place on the table

C. placed on the table D. place on the table

46. John decided to quit job ____ because he had performed badly.

A. before dismissing him B. before being dismissed

C. as dismissed him D. to dismiss him

47. I am so nervous that I really do not know _____.

A. doing what B. what doing C. what to do D. what done

48. We must make a careful preparation, for the future may bring unexpected changes.

A. due to unexpected changes in the future

Page 51: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-121- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

B. in spite of future unexpected changes

C. when bringing unexpected changes in the future

D. brought unexpected changes in the future

49. ____, we cannot go with you.

A. As a conference at 9 o’clock B. To be conference at 9 o’clock

C. Being the conference at 9 o’clock D. With the conference at 9 o’clock

50. They had to stop their project ____.

A. to be financial difficulties B. being financial difficulties

C. in addition to financial difficulties D. owning to financial difficulties

MODULE 22

INVERSION

(Đảo ngữ)

Phép đảo của động từ là sự đảo ngược vị trí của động từ / trợ động từ và chủ ngữ (nếu trong câu

không có trợ động từ thì phải mượn trợ động từ to do).

Hình thức đảo ngữ được dùng khi:

1. Trạng từ, trạng ngữ phủ định, hoặc các từ giới hạn (hardly, seldom, rarely, never, little,…)

được đặt ở đầu câu để nhấn mạnh.

Ví dụ: Seldom have I seen such an interesting film.

(Hiếm khi tôi xem được một bộ phim hay như vậy?)

Not a single word did she say. (Cô ấy chẳng nói gì cả.)

At no time did he get permission for what he wanted to do.

(Không khi nào anh ấy được phép làm điều anh ấy muốn.)

Một số trạng từ, trạng ngữ thường được theo sau bởi hình thức đảo ngữ: never, rarely, seldom,

little, hardly … when, no sooner…than, only by, only in this way, not only … but also…, only

then, not (even) once, not often, on no account, in no way, under no circumstances, by no means,

at no time, nowhere (else),v.v.

Lưu ý: only after…, only when…, only if…, not until / till …, có hình thức đảo ngữ ở mệnh

đề chính.

Ví dụ: Only when I called her did I learn that she was seriously ill.

(Chỉ khi gọi cho cô ấy tôi mới biết là cô ấy bệnh nặng.)

Not until you finish your homework can you go out.

(Chừng nào làm xong bài tập về nhà, con mới được đi chơi.)

2. Cụm từ so+ adjective / adverb hoặc such + be + noun được đặt ở đầu câu để nhấn mạnh.

Ví dụ: So sad was she that she could not say anything.

(Cô ấy buồn đến nỗi chẳng nói năng gì.)

Such was the good novel that I read it during the night.

(Quyển tiểu thuyết hay đến nỗi tôi đã đọc suốt đêm..)

3. Câu điều kiện bỏ IF (với các trợ động từ were, should, và had).

Ví dụ: Were he here, he would help us.

(Nếu anh ấy ở đây, anh ấy sẽ giúp chúng ta.) [= if he were here, he would help us.]

4. Cụm trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn hoặc phương hướng đứng đầu câu (đảo toàn bộ động từ ra trước

chủ ngữ).

Ví dụ: Under the tree was lying one of the biggest men I had ever seen.

(Nằm dưới gốc cây là một người đàn ông to nhất mà tôi từng gặp.)

Out into the street ran the thieves. (Những tên trộm chạy ra đường.)

5. Here, there, first, last đứng đầu câu (đảo toàn bộ động từ ra trước chủ ngữ.)

Ví dụ: There comes the bus. (Xe buýt đến rồi.)

Last went the tiger tamer. (Đi sau cùng là người huấn luyện cọp.)

6. So, neither, nor đứng đầu câu.

Page 52: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-122- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Ví dụ: I am a student. ~ So am I. (Tôi là sinh viên. ~ Tôi cũng vậy.)

I don’t like coffee. ~ Nor / Neither do I (Tôi không thích cà phê. ~ Tôi cũng không.)

MULTIPLE CHOICE Choose A, B, C or D that best completes the sentence. 1. Never in her life ____ this exhilarating emotion.

A. she experienced B. she did experience C. she had experienced D. had she

experienced

2. ____ seen such awful behavior.

A. Have I never before B. Before have I never

C. Never before I have D. Never before have I

3. They were wealthy. Money was plentiful, and ____ to be very bothered about levels of

expenditure.

A. rarely anyone seemed B. rarely did anyone seem

C. did anyone rarely seem D. rarely anyone did seem

4. Not only do I enjoy classical music, ____ a season ticket to the symphony.

A. but I also have B. but also have C. but also I have D. I but also have

5. ____ so upset!

A. Has the boss seldom been B. Seldom the boss has been

C. Seldom has the boss been D. Has the boss been seldom

6. ____ the situation.

A. Little he understands B. Little he understood

C. Little did he understand D. Did he understand little

7. There____.

A. comes my bus B. does my bus come C. my bus come D. did my bus come

8. ____ his terrible secret.

A. Did they learn only later B. Only later they did learn

C. Only later they learnt D. Only later did they learn

9. – I’m from Turkey. - ____.

A. Am I, too B. I am, so C. So am I D. Either am I

10. I cannot swim very well ____.

A. and neither my sister can B. and neither can my sister

C. and so my sister can D. and so can my sister

11. So difficult ____ that ____ three months to prepare.

A. is the test / do the students need B. the test is / do the students need

C. is the test / the students need D. the test is / the students need

12. ____ the problem, he wouldn’t have committed those mistakes.

A. Had he understood B. He had understood

C. If had he understood D. Unless had he understood

13. ____ a more beautiful sight.

A. Nowhere hadn’t Susan seen B. Had Susan seen nowhere

C. Nowhere Susan had seen D. Nowhere had Susan seen

14. By the gate ____.

A. a little girl stood B. stood a little girl

C. did a little girl stand D. a little girl did stand

15. Not until the next morning ____ how serious ____.

A. she realized / was it B. she realized / it was

C. did she realize / was it D. did she realize / it was

16. Not till ____ that he had lost the key.

A. he got home did he find B. he got home he found

C. did he get home did he find D. did he get home he found

17. Only when ____ into smart clothes after the match ____ to talk to the TV reporters

Page 53: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-123- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. the players had changed / they were allowed

B. the players had changed / were they allowed

C. had the players changed / were they allowed

D. had the players changed / they were allowed

18. No sooner ______ the door than ____ it was locked.

A. had I reached / did I realize B. I had reached / did I realize

C. had I reached / I realized D. I had reached / I realized

19. ____, he can never follow me.

A. Fast as he runs B. Fast as does he run C. As he runs fast D. As does he run fast

20. ____ John that she talked about him all the time.

A. Did so much she adore B. Did she adored so much

C. So much she adored D. So much did she adore

21. ____ kinder to his employees, his business would not have collapsed.

A. Mr. Chan had been B. Had if Mr. Chan been

C. Had Mr. Chan been D. If had Mr. Chan been

22. Scarcely ____ out of bed when ____.

A. I got / did the doorbell ring B. had I got / the doorbell rang

C. I had got / did the doorbell ring D. I had got / the doorbell rang

23. Little ____ how much trouble ____ in.

A. you know / are you B. you know / you are

C. do you know / are you D. do you know / you are

24. On the table ____.

A. lay a yellow cat B. a yellow cat lay C. did a yellow cat lie D. a yellow cat lies

25. Such ____ that ____ whenever it was on.

A. the popularity of the film was / the streets were deserted

B. was the popularity of the film / the streets were deserted

C. the popularity of the film was / were the streets deserted

D. was the popularity of the film / were the streets deserted

26. They can neither read nor write, ____ such concepts.

A. they can nor comprehend B. nor can they comprehend

C. nor they can comprehend D. can they nor comprehend

27. Hardly ____ before ____.

A. had I left / did the trouble start B. had I left / the trouble started

C. I had left / the trouble started D. I had left / did the trouble start

28. Only after ____.

A. the teacher understood the situation and did he make a comment

B. understanding the situation the teacher made a comment

C. the teacher understood the situation and made a comment

D. understanding the situation did the teacher make a comment

29. ____ to win the election, what ____ first?

A. You were / you would do B. You were / would you do

C. Were you / you would do D. Were you / would you do

30. Down ____.

A. fell half a dozen apples B. half a dozen apples fell

C. did half a dozen apples fall D. half a dozen apples fall

31. Only then ____ the danger ____ in.

A. did I see / which we were B. I saw / which we were

C. did I see / which were we D. I saw / which were we

32. Not a single word ____.

A. said she B. she says C. did she say D. she said

33. Carefully though ____, he could not manage to escape the accident.

A. he drove B. did he drive C. does he drive D. he is driving

Page 54: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-124- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

34. Not until 1911 ____.

A. identified the first of the vitamins B. the first of the vitamins identified

C. was the first of the vitamins identified D. the first of the vitamins was identified

35. Only after the film started ____ that ____ it before.

A. I realized / I had seen B. did I realize / I had seen

C. I realized / had I seen D. did I realize / had I seen

36. ____ will we let you live independently.

A. Not until do you grow up B. Until you grow up

C. Until do you grow up D. Not until you grow up

MODULE 23

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

(Thức giả định ) Quá khứ giả định (past subjunctive): Động từ thường: dùng dạng quá khứ (V-ed/2), động từ BE:

dùng WERE cho tất cả các ngôi

- được dùng trong câu điều kiện (if clause), hoặc câu ao ước (wish), hoặc sau If only, as

though, as if Ví dụ:

If only she were here with me. (I really want her here with me but she isn’t)

I wish I hadn’t gone to that party. (but I went there)

Giả định hiện tại (present subjunctive): dùng (should) + V1 cho tất cả các ngôi

Giả định hiện tại được dùng sau một số động từ, thành ngữ thông dụng:

demand (that) = đòi hỏi rằng

insist (that) = nhất quyết rằng

request (that) = đòi hỏi rằng

suggest / propose (that) = đề nghị rằng

recommend / advise (that) = khuyên rằng

It’s important / essential / vital / crucial (that) = điều quan trọng, thiết yếu là

It’s necessary (that) = điều cần thiết là

It’s imperative (that) = điều cấp bách là

Ví dụ:

The teacher demands (that) we (should) be on time.

I insisted (that) he (should) pay me the money.

It’s important (that) they (should) be told the truth.

MULTIPLE CHOICE Choose A, B, C or D that best completes the sentence.

1. Yesterday I met a very beautiful girl I really want to see her again but I don’t know how to

go about it. I wish ____.

A. I didn’t meet her yesterday B. I had known her address

C. I knew her address D. I will meet her tomorrow

2. I wish you ____ to me before you went and bought that car.

A. spoke B. have spoken C. had spoken D. would have spoken

3. I wish I ____ that Gary was ill. I would have gone to see him.

A. had known B. know C. knew D. have known

4. If only he ____ harder, he wouldn’t have lost his job.

A. worked B. would work C. had worked D. has worked

5. He always talks as though he ____ a public meeting.

A. addressing B. addressed C. were addressing D. is addressing

Page 55: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-125- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

6. He talks as if he ____ all the work himself, but in fact Tom and I did most of it.

A. was doing B. had done C. did D. has done

7. If only we ____ a car. I’m tired of the bad service of public transport.

A. were B. had C. have D. are

8. If only we ____ more time, we could have seen more of the country.

A. would have had B. have had C. had had D. had

9. She treats us as if we ____ all idiots.

A. are B. had been C. have been D. were

10. The cheese looks as if rats ____ it.

A. nibbled B. were being nibbled

C. had nibbled D. nibbling

11. I wish I ____ so much money when I was in town yesterday.

A. wouldn’t have spent B. hadn’t spent

C. wouldn’t spend D. didn’t spend

12. You talk as though it ____ a small thing to leave your country forever.

A. is B. were C. will be D. would be

13. Everybody feels sorry for him and says that “If only he ____ more time revising.”

A. should have spent B. would have spent C. had spent D. spent

14. He looks as though he ____ a square meal in his life, but in fact his wife feeds him very well.

A. has never got B. never gets C. never got D. had never got

15. If only he ____ accept some help with the work instead of trying research.

A. can B. may C. would D. were

16. If only he ____ told us the truth in the first place, things wouldn’t have gone so wrong.

A. had B. has C. would have D. should have

17. I wish I ____ to rewrite my essay. I only made it worse.

A. wouldn’t have tried B. wouldn’t try C. hadn’t tried D. didn’t try

18. I wish I ____ you some money for your rent, but I’m broke myself.

A. can lend B. would lend C. could lend D. will lend

19. Last year the potato harvest was very disappointing but this year it looks ____ we shall have

a better crop.

A. as though B. like that C. like D. to be that

20. That man has brought us nothing but trouble. I wish I ____ eyes in him.

A. would never have set B. had never set

C. would have never set D. would have set

21. When he is asked to say about it, it is clear that he knows nothing about their secret but they

treat him as if he ____ all about it.

A. knew B. had known C. would know D. must know

22. I feel terrible. The heavy truck raced by me at full speed. I feel as if I ____ over.

A. was run B. have been run C. had been run D. was being run

23. She speaks English as though it ____ her native language.

A. is B. being C. were D. be

24. My sister says she can’t come to the party with us. We wish she ____ her mind and ____ to

come with us.

A. changed / decided B. would change / decide

C. will change / decide D. had changed / decided

25. The cat turned her head toward John and looked at him quizzically, almost as if she ____

what he said.

A. understands B. understood

C. had understood D. would have understood

26. This evening the surface of the lake is completely still. It looks as if it ____ of glass.

A. is made B. was made C. were made D. has been made

27. Why didn’t you tell me about this before? I certainly wish I ____ earlier.

Page 56: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-126- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. would be informed B. was informed C. were informed D. had been informed

28. I know a farmer who talks to his animals as if they ____ people.

A. are B. would be C. were D. had been

29. Ann is grown up now. You shouldn’t speak to her as if she ____ a child.

A. is B. were C. had been D. would be

30. We became good friends almost immediately. After talking to each other for only a short

time, we felt as if we ____ each other all of our lives.

A. knew B. had known C. know D. have known

31. It is important that he ____ well in his exam.

A. does B. did C. do D. will do

32. I requested that he ____ because he was making so much noise.

A. should have left B. must have left C. should leave D. would leave

33. The local council recommended that John ____ to the head of the department.

A. is appointed B. was appointed C. be appointed D. could be appointed

34. It’s necessary that the train ____ on time.

A. is B. will be C. would be D. be

35. Rose suggested ____ a suit and tie when he went for the interview.

A. him to wear B. he wear C. he must wear D. that he wears

36. She urged that her husband ____ the letter.

A. write B. wrote C. had written D. has written

37. The doctor recommended that John ____ for a couple of days.

A. could rest B. might rest C. must rest D. rest

38. The officer demanded that the soldiers ____ the hill.

A. captured B. would capture C. had captured D. capture

39. We suggested that she ____ the 10.30 train immediately.

A. take B. may take C. might take D. has to take

40. Our teacher insists that we ____ more careful in our writings.

A. are B. were C. would be D. be

41. The movie director insisted that everything about his productions ____ authentic.

A. would be B. is C. can be D. be

42. It is essential that pollution ____ and eventually ____.

A. must be controlled / must be eliminated B. be controlled / be eliminated

C. is controlled / is eliminated D. Both B and C are correct

43. The students requested that the test ____, but the professor decided against a postponement.

A. be postponed B. must be postponed C. postponed D. could be postponed

44. The director recommended that all the staff ____ anyone outside the company during the

training session.

A. do not contact B. cannot contact C. must not contact D. not contact

45. The recommendation that all people affected by the storm ___ immediately was approved.

A. must be evacuated B. be evacuated

C. ought to be evacuated D. had to be evacuated

46. Linda insisted that the newly-born baby ____ after her husband’s father.

A. could be named B. be named C. must be named D. ought to be named

47. It was such a beautiful evening that one of us suggested we ____ the meeting outside.

A. could have B. had C. might have D. have

48. I requested that first-year students ____ to change their courses in the first two weeks.

A. would be permitted B. be permitted

C. were permitted D. are permitted

49. His advisor recommended that he ____ at least three courses each semester.

A. takes B. can take C. should take D. would take

50. It is important that he ____ to the director of the programme.

A. must speak B. speak C. would speak D. speaks

Page 57: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-127- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

51. The law requires that everyone ____ his car checked at least once a year.

A. has B. have C. must have D. be having

52. It is not necessary that he____ an entrance examination to be admitted to an American

university.

A. take B. takes C. must take D. be taking

53. It is imperative that everyone ____ home immediately.

A. must return B. return C. returns D. to return

54. It is essential that vitamins ____ either by foods or by supplementary tablets.

A. are supplied B. be supplied C. can be supplied D. supplied

55. The City Planning Department proposed that the new highway ____ in the fiscal year 2015.

A. be built B. will be built C. would be built D. is to be built

56. It is important that you ____ late.

A. not be B. will not be C. are not D. be not

57. It is essential that no one ____ to the meeting hall without proper identification.

A. is admitted B. can be admitted C. be admitted D. admitted

58. The manager asked that we ____ sure to lock all the doors before we left.

A. were B. would be C. be D. must be

59. It is vital that no one else ____ about the secret military operation near the border.

A. know B. knows C. can know D. could know

60. It is the recommendation of the consultants that the patient ____ under medical supervision.

A. treating B. treated C. be treated D. is treated

MORE EXERCISES

TENSES Choose the underlined part in each sentence (A, B,C, or D ) that needs correcting.

1. After Mrs. Wang had returned to her house from work, she was cooking dinner.

A B C D

2. Jimmy threw the ball high in the air, and Betty catching it when it came down.

A B C D

3. Linda has worn her new yellow dress only once since she buys it.

A B C D

4. Last week Mark told me that he got very bored with his present job and is looking

A B C

for a new one.

D

5. Having fed the dog, he was sat down to his own meal.

A B C D

6. When I turned on my computer, I was shocked to find some junk mail, and I just delete it all.

A B C D

7. They are going to have to leave soon and so do we.

A B C D

8. The boss laughed when the secretary has told him that she really needed a pay rise.

A B C D

9. The telephone rang several times and then stop before I could answer it.

A B C D

10. Debbie, whose father is an excellent tennis player, has been playing tennis since ten years.

A B C D

11. I have seen lots of interesting places when I went on holiday last summer.

A B C D

12. When my cat heard a noise in the bushes, she stopped moving and listen intently.

Page 58: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-128- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A B C D

13. I think it’s time you must change your way of living.

A B C D

14. Roger felt the outside of his pocket to make sure his wallet is still there.

A B C D

15. When I’m shopping in the supermarket, I ran into an old friend who I hadn’t met for

A B C D

five years.

16. The police arrested the man while he is having dinner in a restaurant.

A B C D

17. Peter and Wendy first met in 2006, and they are married for three years now.

A B C D

18. Some people are believing there is life on other planets.

A B C D

19. Recently, the island of Hawaii had been the subject of intensive research on the occurrence

A B C D

of earthquakes.

20. Every morning, the sun shines in my bedroom window and waking me up.

A B C D

21. The man died as a result of falling asleep while he drives.

A B C D

22. I haven’t finished the report yet, but by the time you return I will certainly complete it.

A B C D

23. Caroline has worn her new yellow dress only once since she buys it.

A B C D

24. We’ll be cycled to Hoa’s village at this time next Sunday.

A B C D

25. What will you do when your friends won’t come ?

A B C D

26. Some was knocking at the door when I was doing the washing up.

A B C D

27. My friend didn’t drink any beer since we came to live here.

A B C D

28. We have written to each other when we were in primary school.

A B C D

29. After breakfast, I‘m gone to walk to school with my friends.

A B C D

30. Will we go to the pop concert this weekend for a change?

A B C D

Choose the correct sentence among A, B, C or D which has the same meaning as the given

one.

1. Eight years ago we started writing to each other.

A. We have rarely written to each other for eight years.

B. Eight years is a long time for us to write to each other.

C. We wrote to each other eight years ago.

D. We have been writing to each other for eight years.

2. The boy was so lazy that he couldn’t stay up late to learn his lessons.

A. The boy was lazy enough not to stay up late to learn his lessons.

B. The boy was too lazy to stay up late to learn his lessons.

C. The boy was lazy enough but he stayed up late to learn his lessons.

D. The boy was lazy enough to stay up late to learn his lessons.

Page 59: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-129- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

3. My father is tired of seeing any violent films.

A. My father hasn’t seen a violent film.

B. My father has enjoyed all the violent films he has ever seen.

C. My father is worried about missing the next violent film.

D. My father never wants to see another violent film.

4. As soon as he waved his hand, she turned away.

A. He saw her turn away and he waved his hand.

B. No sooner had he waved his hand than she turned away.

C. She turned away because he waved his hand too early.

D. Although she turned away, he waved his hand.

5. John wishes he had remembered to send Mary a Christmas card.

A. John regrets not to send Mary a Christmas card.

B. John regrets forgetting not to send Mary a Christmas card.

C. John regrets not remembering sending Mary a Christmas card.

D. John regrets forgetting to send Mary a Christmas card.

6. My father hasn’t smoked cigarettes for a month.

A. It’s a month since my father last smoked cigarettes.

B. It’s a month ago that my father smoked cigarettes.

C. It’s a month that my father hasn’t smoked cigarettes.

D. It’s a cigarette that my father smoked a month ago.

7. Having finished their work, the workers expected to be paid.

A. The workers expected to be paid because they had finished their work.

B. Having their work finished, the workers expected to be paid.

C. Having expected to be paid, the workers finished their work.

D. Having been finished their work, the workers expected to be paid.

8. Mr. Brown bought this car five years ago.

A. Mr. Brown started to buy this car five years ago.

B. It has been five years when Mr. Brown bought this car

C. Mr. Brown has had this car for five years .

D. It is five years ago since Mr. Brown bought this car.

9. I might go camping. My friends have invited me.

A. My friends have invited me to go camping.

B. My friends have invited me go camping.

C. My friends have invited me going camping.

D. My friends have invited me that I might go camping.

10. I haven’t enjoyed myself so much for years.

A. It’s years since I enjoyed myself so much.

B. It’s years since I have enjoyed myself so much.

C. It was years since I had enjoyed myself so much.

D. It has been years since I have enjoyed myself so much.

11. Have you heard the good news?

A. Carol in March had a baby. B. In March, Carol had a baby.

C. Carol had in March a baby. D. In March, had Carol a baby.

12. Although the driver slammed on his brakes, _____

A. he was able to avoid hitting the small dog. B. the small dog was not hit by the car.

C. he could run over the small dog. D. he couldn’t avoid hitting the small dog.

13. John used to write home once a week when he was abroad.

A. John doesn’t now write home once a week any longer.

B. John enjoyed writing home every week when he was abroad.

C. John never forgot to write a weekly letter home when he was abroad.

D. When he was abroad he remembered to write home every week.

14. This is my tenth year working in this bank.

Page 60: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-130- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. By the end of this year, I will work in this bank for ten years.

B. I have worked in this bank for ten years by the end of this year.

C. By the end of this year, I will have worked in this bank for ten years.

D. I had been working in this bank for ten years by the end of this year.

15. The famous actor was last seen in 2000.

A. The famous actor has not been able to see since 2000.

B. No one has seen the famous actor since 2000.

C. The famous actor didn’t see anyone in 2000.

D. No one saw the famous actor until 2000.

16. I came to live here three months ago.

A. It was three months since I lived here. B. I’ve been living here for three months.

C. I lived here for three months. D. I didn’t live here for three months.

17. She is sitting in a hotel room. Through the window, she sees a fat man.

A. She looks through the window and sees the fat man.

B. She and the fat man are in a hotel room.

C. The fat man wants to open the window and come in.

D. The fat man is looking in through the window.

18. She goes to the shops every Friday.

A. She goes every day to the shop but not on Friday.

B. It’s not Friday, but she’s going to the shops.

C. She always goes to the shops on Friday.

D. She never goes to the shops on Friday.

19. Michael took a deep breath and dived into the water.

A. After Michael had taken a deep breath, he dived into the water.

B. Having taken a deep breath, he dived into the water.

C. After Michael took a deep breath, he had dived into the water.

D. A & B are correct.

20. We started working here three years ago.

A. We worked here for three years. B. We have no longer worked here for three years.

C. We have worked here for three years. D. We will work here in three years.

21. It’s a long time since we last went to the cinema.

A. We have been to the cinema for a long time.

B. We haven’t been to the cinema for a long time.

C. We don’t go to the cinema as we used to.

D. We wish we went to the cinema now.

22. I haven’t finished this book yet.

A. I’m still reading this book. B. I have read this book before.

C. The book I’m reading hasn’t finished. D. I will read this book some day.

23. He used to jog every morning.

A. He enjoys jogging every morning. B. He never fails to jog every morning.

C. He doesn’t now jog every morning. D. He intended to jog every morning.

24. I have never felt happier than I do now.

A. I felt happier before. B. I feel happy now.

C. I have never felt happy. D. I have always felt happy.

25. He last had his eyes tested ten months ago.

A. He hasn’t had his eyes tested for ten months.

B. He had not tested his eyes for ten months then.

C. He had tested his eyes ten months before.

D. He didn’t have any test on his eyes in ten months.

26. Someone knocked on the door during my lunchtime.

A. I had lunch when someone knocked on the door.

B. When I had had lunch, someone knocked on the door.

Page 61: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-131- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

C. I was having lunch when someone was knocking on the door.

D. I was having lunch when someone knocked on the door.

27. Steve left before my arrival.

A. When I arrived, Steve had already left. B. Steve left as soon as I arrived.

C. While Steve was leaving I arrived. D. Steve hadn’t left until I arrived.

28. I haven’t been here before.

A. Being here is a pleasant experience. B. This is the first time I have been here .

C. I have wished to be here for long. D. Before long I will be here.

29. The last time I saw Rose was three years ago.

A. I hasn’t seen Rose for three years. B. I haven’t seen Rose three years ago.

C. I haven’t seen Rose since three years. D. I haven’t seen Rose for three years.

30. When we arrived, the children were playing “Hide and Seek”.

A. The children played “Hide and Seek” and then we arrived.

B. While the children were playing “Hide and Seek”, we arrived.

C. We arrived at the same time the children played “Hide and Seek”.

D. We didn’t arrive until the children played “Hide and Seek”.

PASSIVE VOICE

A. Change into passive voice.

1. The teacher corrects our exercises at home.

....................................................................................................................................

2. Ali’s absence worried his mother.

....................................................................................................................................

3. They are building several new schools in our town.

....................................................................................................................................

4. We have made great progress in industry, science and medicine.

....................................................................................................................................

5. Sam killed a lion last week.

....................................................................................................................................

6. You must hand in your report before the end of this month.

....................................................................................................................................

7. I had just finished the job when the factory closed.

....................................................................................................................................

8. No one has opened that box for the past hundred years.

....................................................................................................................................

9. Are you going to mail these letters soon?

....................................................................................................................................

10. He should have finished the report yesterday.

....................................................................................................................................

11. Scientists began to carry out researches on HIV two years ago.

....................................................................................................................................

12. They say that he is the richest man in our town.

....................................................................................................................................

13. I can assure you I will arrange everything in time.

....................................................................................................................................

14. We are to pity rather than despise these homeless boys.

....................................................................................................................................

Page 62: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-132- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

15. We haven’t moved anything since they sent you away to cure you.

....................................................................................................................................

B. Change into passive voice.

1. She fell into water because somebody pushed her.

....................................................................................................................................

2. What ought we to do about this?

....................................................................................................................................

3. It is time they brought the cows in.

....................................................................................................................................

4. What questions did the examiner set?

....................................................................................................................................

5. Somebody must do something for these poor men.

....................................................................................................................................

6. Nobody has made mistakes.

....................................................................................................................................

7. Nobody has answered my question properly.

....................................................................................................................................

8. Somebody has brought this child up badly.

....................................................................................................................................

9. The teacher promised Jane a prize if she worked well.

....................................................................................................................................

10. Nobody has ever spoken to me like that before.

....................................................................................................................................

11. I hate people looking at me.

....................................................................................................................................

12. Teachers should make lessons more interesting for school children.

....................................................................................................................................

13. I’d like someone to read to me.

....................................................................................................................................

14. We shall lock the house up for summer and the old gardener will look after it.

....................................................................................................................................

15. People say tortoises live longer than elephants.

....................................................................................................................................

16. One cannot eat an orange if nobody has peeled it.

....................................................................................................................................

17. Don’t let the others see you.

....................................................................................................................................

18. Did anybody ever teach you how to behave?

....................................................................................................................................

19. It surprised me to hear someone had robbed you.

....................................................................................................................................

20. People ought to tell us how much they expect of us.

....................................................................................................................................

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

Page 63: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-133- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Complete each of the following sentences so that it means the same as the sentence before it

1. She doesn’t live in London because she doesn’t know anyone there.

She’d ....................................................................................................................................

2. I can’t live in the country because I can’t find a job there.

I’d ....................................................................................................................................

3. I don’t have a spare ticket. I can’t take you to the concert.

If I ....................................................................................................................................

4. The schoolchildren sowed some seeds, but they forgot to water them so they didn’t grow.

If the children ........................................................................................................................

5. They don’t understand the problem. They won’t find a solution.

If they ....................................................................................................................................

6. He sits around too much. He isn’t fit.

If he ....................................................................................................................................

7. Carol didn’t answer the phone because she was studying.

If Carol ..................................................................................................................................

8. Rita is exhausted today because she didn’t get any sleep last night.

If Rita ....................................................................................................................................

9. She’s very thin; perhaps that’s why she feels cold so much.

If she ....................................................................................................................................

10. He never polishes his shoes, so he never looks smart.

If he ....................................................................................................................................

11. He can’t park near his office; that’s why he doesn’t come by car.

If he ....................................................................................................................................

12. My house is guarded by two big dogs. That’s the only reason it isn’t broken into every

night.

If my house ...........................................................................................................................

13. The flats are not clearly numbered, so it is very difficult to find anyone.

If the flats ..............................................................................................................................

14. I don’t know her e-mail address, so I can’t tell you.

If I ....................................................................................................................................

15. She works in the evening. She has no time to play with her children.

If she ....................................................................................................................................

16. I don’t want them to be upset, so I’ve decided not to tell them what happened.

They ....................................................................................................................................

17. I am not tall enough to join the basketball team.

If I ....................................................................................................................................

18. He doesn’t see the signal so he doesn’t stop his car.

If he ....................................................................................................................................

19. Peter gets bad marks because he doesn’t prepare his lessons well.

If Peter ...................................................................................................................................

20. Mary doesn’t have enough money. She can’t buy a new car.

If Mary ..................................................................................................................................

21. Go right now or you’ll be late for the train.

If you ....................................................................................................................................

22. He doesn’t apply for the job because he doesn’t have enough qualifications.

Page 64: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-134- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

If he ....................................................................................................................................

23. Hurry up, or we will be late for the exam.

If we ....................................................................................................................................

24. They do not understand you because you do not often talk to them.

If you ....................................................................................................................................

25. Because you speak English unnaturally, they do not understand you.

If you ....................................................................................................................................

RELATIVE CLAUSES, PARTICIPIAL PHRASES

Change adjective clauses into Phrases (V-ing , V-ed/3 or to V).

1. There is someone who is knocking at the door.

...............................................................................................................................................

2. Passengers who travel on planes shouldn’t smoke.

...............................................................................................................................................

3. The photographs which were taken by my son were extraordinary.

...............................................................................................................................................

4. What can you do about a dog which is barking all night?

...............................................................................................................................................

5. Is there any good place where we can stay tonight?

...............................................................................................................................................

6. We have an apartment which overlooks the park.

...............................................................................................................................................

7. The last person who leaves the room must turn off the light.

...............................................................................................................................................

8. Trains which leave from this station take an hour to get to London.

...............................................................................................................................................

9. The experiment which was conducted at the university of Chicago was successful.

...............................................................................................................................................

10. The ideas that are presented in that book are interesting.

...............................................................................................................................................

Combine these pairs of sentences, using Relative Pronouns or Adverbs. Put the comma(s) when

necessary.

1. I have to find the man. I accidentally picked up his umbrella this morning.

...............................................................................................................................................

2. Monday is the day. We will come then.

...............................................................................................................................................

3. I’ll never forget the day. I met you on that day.

...............................................................................................................................................

4. The town was small. I grew up there.

...............................................................................................................................................

5. 1960 was the year. The revolution took place in that year.

...............................................................................................................................................

6. I apologized to the woman. I spilled her coffee.

...............................................................................................................................................

7. They’re the postcards. They arrived yesterday.

Page 65: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-135- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

...............................................................................................................................................

8. The children sang aloud all night. This kept their parents awake.

...............................................................................................................................................

9. Maria is studying in New York City. The city is called the “ Big Apple”.

...............................................................................................................................................

10. In the room, we saw a lot of children and pets. They sang and danced happily.

...............................................................................................................................................

REPORTED SPEECH

Change each of the following sentences into reported speech.

1. John said, “I want to attend a famous university.”

John said .........................................................................................................................

2. “I’m looking for the book you gave me last week,” Mary said to Peter.

Mary told Peter ...............................................................................................................

3. Alfred said to John, “I did not promise to send you a telegram.”

Alfred .............................................................................................................................

4. "I will get myself a drink," she said.

She said ...........................................................................................................................

5. "I cannot drive them home," he said.

He said ...........................................................................................................................

6. "Peter, do you prefer tea or coffee?" she said.

She ..................................................................................................................................

7. "The film began at seven o'clock," he said.

He said ............................................................................................................................

8. The father said, “I was on a business trip the whole day yesterday.”

The father ........................................................................................................................

9. “My brother will get married next month,” James said.

James ..............................................................................................................................

10. Henry said to his mother, “Come and spend a week with us.”

Henry told .......................................................................................................................

11. He said to me, “Keep a seat for me in the lecture hall.”

He ...................................................................................................................................

12. Mike said to Henry, “Give me my book back, please.”

Mike ................................................................................................................................

13. "Don't play on the grass, boys," she said.

She ..................................................................................................................................

14. He said, "Don't go too far."

He ...................................................................................................................................

15. "Don't make so much noise," he said.

He ...................................................................................................................................

16. The mother said to her son, “Don’t move, please.”

The mother .....................................................................................................................

17. My sister said to me, “Don’t open the window.”

My sister .........................................................................................................................

18. Jane said to Williams, “Will you be free tomorrow?”

Jane asked ......................................................................................................................

Page 66: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-136- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

19. Fred asked the postman, “Are there any letters today?”

Fred ................................................................................................................................

20. Richard asked the Browns, “What are you going enter?”

Richard ...........................................................................................................................

21. "I was very tired," she said.

→ She said .............................................................................................................................

22. "Be careful, Ben," she said.

→ She told Ben .....................................................................................................................

23. "I will get myself a drink," she says.

→ She says .............................................................................................................................

24. "Why haven't you phoned me?" he asked me.

→ He wondered ....................................................................................................................

25. "I cannot drive them home," he said.

→ He said .............................................................................................................................

26. "Peter, do you prefer tea or coffee?" she says.

→ She asks Peter ...................................................................................................................

27. "Where did you spend your holidays last year?" she asked me.

→ She asked me ....................................................................................................................

28. He said, "Don't go too far."

→ He advised her...................................................................................................................

29. "Have you been shopping?" he asked us.

→ He wanted to know ..........................................................................................................

30. "Don't make so much noise," he says.

→ He asks us .........................................................................................................................

COMMON STRUCTURES

A. Rewrite the following sentences with the words given so that the rewritten ones have the

same meaning as the original ones.

1. The bridge was so low that the lorry couldn’t go under it.

---> The bridge was too .........................................................................................................

---> It was such .....................................................................................................................

2. My brother used to walk to school with his friends.

---> My brother no longer .....................................................................................................

---> No longer ........................................................................................................................

3. “What’s your name?” the policeman said to the little boy.

---> The policeman asked the little boy .................................................................................

4. My kitchen is smaller than yours.

---> Your ...............................................................................................................................

5. I’ll give you my phone number. I want you to phone me when necessary.

---> I’ll give you my phone number so .................................................................................

6. I couldn’t come there on time because I got up late.

---> Because of ......................................................................................................................

---> If ....................................................................................................................................

---> I got up late ....................................................................................................................

7. My father advised me to choose that job.

Page 67: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-137- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

---> I ....................................................................................................................................

8. That boy is clever. He can make children’s toys.

---> That boy is so .................................................................................................................

---> That is such ....................................................................................................................

9. That pupil is very lazy. My sister can’t teach him English.

---> That pupil is so ..............................................................................................................

---> That pupil is too ..............................................................................................................

10. I regret buying the second-hand motorbike.

---> I wish I ...........................................................................................................................

11. They think that she is the most beautiful girl in this class.

---> She is ..............................................................................................................................

---> It is .................................................................................................................................

12. We have to keep these explosives in a safe place.

---> These explosives ............................................................................................................

13. It was such a good film that we decided to go and see it again.

---> The film was ...................................................................................................................

14. People are using computers in almost every field.

---> Computers ......................................................................................................................

15. The thief drove very quickly. The police couldn’t catch him.

---> The thief ..........................................................................................................................

16. I would like you to help me to lift this heavy box up.

---> Would you mind ............................................................................................................

17. Someone rang the alarm as soon as the burglars left the shop.

---> No sooner ........................................................................................................................

18. The last time I saw her was a week ago.

---> I haven’t ..........................................................................................................................

19. He had hardly put down the phone when his wife rang back.

---> Hardly ............................................................................................................................

20. She stayed in bed because of her sickness.

---> Because ...........................................................................................................................

21. You didn’t work hard. You got bad marks.

---> If ....................................................................................................................................

22. The boy can’t wear the shirt because it’s very tight.

---> The shirt is so .................................................................................................................

---> The shirt is too ...............................................................................................................

23. Both Peter and Mary enjoy scientific expeditions.

---> Mary enjoys scientific expeditions, and so ....................................................................

---> Peter enjoys scientific expeditions, and Mary ...............................................................

24. Mike is a more careful driver than his brother.

---> Mike drives ...................................................................................................................

25. She worked hard so she got high wages.

---> If ....................................................................................................................................

26. Unless you phone me tonight, you won’t get any information.

---> If ...................................................................................................................................

27. Tom cried a lot when he was a child.

Page 68: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-138- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

---> Tom used to ..................................................................................................................

28. This problem is very difficult. He can’t solve it.

---> The problem is too ..........................................................................................................

---> It is such ........................................................................................................................

---> The problem is so ...........................................................................................................

29. Let’s go to the seaside this summer.

---> Why don’t we .................................................................................................................

---> How about ......................................................................................................................

---> I suggest ........................................................................................................................

30. Many people said that our team won the gold medal by chance.

---> Our team was .................................................................................................................

31. I’m sorry that I lent him much money.

---> I wish .............................................................................................................................

32. Mary felt sick because she drank too much wine.

---> If ....................................................................................................................................

33. You will catch a cold if you don’t put on your coat.

---> Unless ...........................................................................................................................

34. Both he and she couldn’t afford to buy a car.

---> He couldn’t afford to buy a car, and neither ..................................................................

---> He couldn’t afford to buy a car, and she ........................................................................

35. We enjoyed our trip although the weather was bad.

---> In spite of ........................................................................................................................

36. He was sleepy; therefore, he went to bed early.

---> Because ..........................................................................................................................

37. I made a mistake because I was very tired.

---> Because of ......................................................................................................................

38. These cars are cheap but they last a long time.

---> Even though ....................................................................................................................

39. Despite the noise, the children slept well.

---> Although .........................................................................................................................

40. Because of being tired, he didn’t walk to the station.

---> Because ..........................................................................................................................

PHẦN II: VOCABULARY

COLLOCATIONS AND PHRASES

DO (= accomplish, carry out – hoàn thành, thực hiện một công việc)

do an assignment: làm một nhiệm vụ được giao

do business (with): kinh doanh

do one’s best: cố gắng hết sức

do a crossword: chơi ô chữ

do damage: gây thiệt hại

do a course: theo 1 khóa học

do history/ economics: học lịch sử, kinh tế học

do an experiment: làm thí nghiệm

do good: bổ ích

do harm: gây hại

Page 69: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-139- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

do a job: làm 1 công việc

do one’s duty: làm nghĩa vụ

do one’s hair: làn tóc

do one’s homework: làm bài tập về nhà

do research: nghiên cứu

do someone a favour: làm giúp ai 1 điều gì

do the shopping /washing… :mua sắm, giặt giũ…

do wonders/ miracles: mang lại kết quả kỳ diệu

do without: làm mà không có cái gì

do wrong: làm sai

MAKE (= produce, manufacture - làm ra, chế tạo ra)

make an appointment: hẹn

make an attempt: nỗ lực

make an announcement: thông báo

make the bed: dọn giường

make a cake: làm bánh

make changes: thay đổi

make a choice: (= choose sth)

make a decision = make up one’s mind: quyết định

make a comment: phê bình

make a complaint: than phiền

make / draw a comparison between sb/sth: so sánh

make a contribution to / towards: đóng góp

make a / the difference (to/ between sth):

make / draw a distinction (between sth): phân biệt

make an effort: cố gắng

make an excuse: xin lỗi

make laws: soạn luật

make a mistake: phạm lỗi

make money: kiếm tiền

make progress: tiến bộ

make a plan: lên kế hoạch

make a phone call: gọi điện thoại

make preparations for: chuẩn bị cho

make a profit: tạo ra lợi nhuận

make a promise: hứa

make a speech: phát biểu

make a noise: làm ồn

make a start: khởi hành, xuất phát

make a suggestion: đề nghị

make a will: viết di chúc

make use of: lợi dụng

TAKE

take sb/sth for granted:

take place:

take part in:

take effect:

take advantage of sth:

take notice of sth:

take responsibility for sth:

Page 70: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-140- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

take interest in:

take offence:

take power/ office:

take a pity on sb:

take a view/ attitude:

take sth as a compliment ≠ take sth as an insult:

HAVE

have difficulty (in) doing sth:

have a problem:

have a go/ a try: cố gắng

PAY

pay attention to: chú ý đến…

pay a compliment: khen

pay a visit to sb: thăm

pay tribute to = praise and admire publicly

THÀNH NGỮ (Idioms)

Một số thành ngữ thông dụng

- take someone/something for granted: cho là điều dĩ nhiên

- take something into account/consideration: tính đến cái gì, kể đến cái gì

- take it easy: không làm việc quá căng thẳng

- keep an eye on someone/something: để mắt đến

- lose touch with someone: mất liên lạc

- pay attention to someone/something: chú ý đến

- catch sight of someone/something: nhìn thấy (trong chốc lát)

- at someone’s disposal: có sẵn cho ai sử dụng theo ý muốn

- splitting headache: nhức đầu như búa bổ

- beat about the bush: nói vòng vo tam quốc

- off the peg: (quần áo) may sẵn

- on the house: không phải trả tiền

- on the shelf: (đồ vật) xếp xó, bỏ đi, không còn có ích nữa

- hit the rọof: giận dữ

- make someone’s blood boil: làm cho ai giận điên lên

- bring down the house: làm cho cả rạp hát vỗ tay nhiệt liệt

- pay through the nose: trả giá mắc

- by the skin of one’s teeth: sát sao

- pull someone’s leg: trêu chọc ai

- get butterflies in one’s stomach: cảm thấy bồn chồn

- sell like hot cakes: bán đắt như tôm tươi

- shooting star: sao bang

- sow one’s wild oats: trải qua thời kì theo đuổi những thú vui bừa bãi

- close shaves: những làn thóat hiểm trong gang tấc

- have a bee in one’s bonnet about something: hay chú trọng, đặt nặng vấn đề gì

- blow one’s own trumpet: huênh hoang

- fight tooth and nail: chiến đấu ác liệt, đánh nhau ác liệt

- head over heels: lăn lông lốc, hoàn toàn

- smell a rat: nghi ngờ có ậm mưu, nghi ngờ có sự dối trá

- know something like the back of one’s hand: biết rõ điều gì

Page 71: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-141- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

- the last straw: giọt nước tràn ly

- fly off the handle : mất bình tĩnh, thình lình nổi nóng

- drop someone a line: viết thư cho ai

- have/get cold feet: sợ hãi

- beside the point: không thích hợp

- for the time being: trong lúc này

- off the record: không được ghi, không chính thức

- a piece of cake: việc dễ làm

- chip off the old block: người có tính cách giống bố

- one’s cup of tea: người hoặc vật mình ưa thích

- get something on one’s mind: đang bận tâm điều gì

- down at heel: tàn tạ xơ xác

- make/lose money hand over fist: vớ được lợi lộc béo bở/ tiêu tiền như nước

- in/ out of practice: có/ không có thời gian luyện tập

- burn the candle at both ends: làm việc hết sức, không biết giữ sức

- play with fire: chơi với lửa

- go to town (on something): làm cái gì rất hăng hái (nhất là bằng cách chi tiền)

- have something on the tip of one’s tongue: sắp nhớ ra, sắp nói ra

- put one’s feet in it: làm phiền ai

- kill two birds with one stone: một công đôi việc, nhất cử lưỡng tiện

- hit the nail on the head: nói chính xác

- put two and two together: cứ thế mà suy ra

- keep one’s fingers crossed for someone: cầu mong điều tốt đẹp cho ai

- it’s no use/good crying over spilt milk: kêu ca cũng bằng thừa

- by a hair’s breath: trong đường tơ kẽ tóc

- have a narrow escape: súyt nữa thì bị tóm, may mà thóat được hình phạt

- a sight for sore eyes: cảnh tượng dễ chịu

- keep one’s chin up: giữ vững can đảm

- come out of one’s shell: trở nên dạn dĩ, cởi mở

- catch someone on the hop: đến một cách bất ngờ

- on the spot: lập tức, tại chỗ

- (like) water off a duck’s back: nước đổ đầu vịt (không có tác dụng đối với ai)

- fight windmills: đánh nhau với kẻ địch tưởng tượng

- spitting image: cỏ mặt giống như khuôn đúc

- money for old rope: cách làm ra tiền một cách dễ dàng

- old wives’ tale: chuyện mê tín huyễn hoặc

- long shot: biện pháp xa vời, ít có cơ may thành công

- fly in the ointment: mắc míu nhỏ

- crying shame: sự xấu hổ

- wet blanket: người làm cho tập thể cụt hứng (vì bản thân ủ rũ buồn rầu)

- in every nook and cranny: trong mọi ngóc ngách

- general dogsbody: người gánh công việc cho người khác

- a soft spot for someone/ something: thích ai/ cái gì

- a last/ final fling: trò đùa, ăn chơi cuối cùng

Một số thành ngữ thông dụng về so sánh

- as strong as a horse/ an ox: khỏe như voi

- as thin as a rake: gầy đét

- as tough as old boots (nhất là về thịt): rất dai, khó nhai

Page 72: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-142- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

- as white as a sheet: trắng bệch, xanh như tàu lá (do sợ hãi, chóang váng)

- as cool as a cucumber: bình tĩnh, không hề nao núng

- as deaf as a post: điếc đặc

- as different as chalk and cheese: hòan tòan khác nhau

- fit as a fiddle: khỏe như vâm, rất sung sức

- like a lamb: hiền lành

- as good as gold: có đạo đức rất tốt, rất có giáo dục

- as light as air/ a feather: rất nhẹ

- as old as the hills: rất cũ, cổ xưa

- as plain as the nose on one’s face: rõ như ban ngày

- as flat as a pancake: đét như cá mắm

- with knobs on (dùng để đáp lại một câu lăng mạ hoặc sự đồng ý đứt khóat): chẳng kém gì,

được đấy

- as pleased as Punch: rất hài lòng

- as keen as mustard: hết sức hăng hái hoặc nhiệt tình

- as fresh as a daisy: tươi như hoa

- as clear as a bell: rành rọt, dễ nghe

- as hard as nails: cứng rắn, tàn nhẫn

- as large as life: được thấy xuất hiện bằng xương bằng thịt (không thể nhầm lẫn)

- as stubborn as a mule: cứng đầu cứng cổ, ương bướng

- as sober as a judge: tỉnh táo không hề say rượu

- (as) steady as a rock: vững như bàn thạch

- as thick as thieves: rất ăn ý với nhau, rất thân

- as red as a beetroot: đỏ như gấc

- to sleep like a log: ngủ say như chết

- to hold on like grim death: bám chặt không rời

- to eat/work like a horse: ăn/ làm khỏe

- to smoke like a chimney: hút thuốc lá cả ngày

- to fit like a glove: vừa khít

- to spread like wildfire: (tin đồn) lan rất nhanh

- like a house on fire: rất nhanh, mạnh mẽ

- as peas in a pod: giống nhau như hai giọt nước

- like a clockwork: đều đặn như một cái máy

VOCABULARY REVISIONS

UNIT 1: HOME LIFE 1. Match a verb in A with a word or phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to work a. the responsibility

2. to join b. sure

3. to take c. under pressure

4. to leave d. things

5. to discuss e. long hours

6. to find f. the problems frankly

7. to be g. a hand

8. to make h. home for school

9. to give i. solutions

10. to mend j. hands

2. Choose the best answer.

1. The nurse is always kind and gentle to us. She is a very ____ person.

A. caring B. careful C. careless D. care

Page 73: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-143- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

2. Tam is willing to help his mother with the household ____.

A. chord B. chores C. jobs D. choir

3. Pho, a kind of noodle, is one of her favourite ____ when she visits Vietnam.

A. courses B. plates C. bowls D. dishes

4. "Men make house and women make ____” is a popular saying.

A. family B. garden C. home D. room

5. The Internet enables users of computers to ____ information in a variety of forms.

A. share B. divide C. cut D. tell

6. Many problems have ____ since the beginning of the school year.

A. brought up B. come up C. brought out D. come out

7. The guidelines in this book can help you become a ____ speaker.

A. confide B. confident C. confidence D. self-confidence

8. ____ programmers known as hackers often try to break into large computer systems.

A. Mischief B. Misbehaviour C. Misunderstanding D. Mischievous

9. The engineer admitted the failure ____ and decided to try another method.

A. frank B. quick C. always D. frankly

10. Many workers switch from the day to the night ____ with difficulty.

A. light B. shift C. hour D. period

UNIT 2: CULTURAL DIVERSITY 1. Match a verb in A with a noun or phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to believe a. on the marriage

2. to fail b. for an ambulance

3. to give c. thoughts

4. to phone d. the final exam

5. to have e. in romantic marriage

6. to complain f. wedding rings

7. to decide g. presents at birthday parties

8. to exchange h. up smoking

9. to share i. different ideas about love

10. to give j. about the noise

2. Choose the best answer.

1. Many pop and rock stars love being the ____ of attention.

A. centre B. point C. middle D. element

2. My father doesn't like any kind of change. He's very ____ in his ways.

A. set B. fixed C. established D. determined

3. Some people are ____ interested in films than in other people.

A. much B. more C. most D. further

4. Daisy was shocked when I disagreed with her. She's so used to getting her own ____.

A. view B. mind C. way D. opinion

5. I've always got ____ well with old people.

A. in B. on C. off D. through

6. In many families the important decisions are ____ by women.

A. done B. given C. arrived D. made

7. We had to turn ____ their invitation to lunch as we had a previous engagement.

A. up B. out C. down D. over

8. He's very sensitive, so____ better be careful what you say.

A. you B. you had C. you would D. you should

9. However irritating they are, we shouldn't ____ our temper with small children.

A. lose B. fail C. drop D. miss

10. In Britain everyone travelling in a car ____ wear a seat belt.

A. have B. always C. must D. ought

Page 74: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-144- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

UNIT 3: WAYS OF SOCIALISING 1. Match a verb in A with a noun or phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to attract a. off the plane '

2. to raise b. at the picture

3. to get c. goodbye

4. to nod d. your attention

5. to clap e. your hands

6. to approach f. assistance

7. to point g. slightly

8. to read h. a person

9. to say i. a sentence

10. to need j. your hand

2. Choose the best answer.

1. They allowed us to ..............the question in their presence.

A. talk B. discuss C. tell D. say

2. At school, pupils learned that circles and triangles are simple ..............

A. forms B. faces C. types D. appearances

3. I cannot hear you; please ……………your voice a little.

A. rise B. drop C. take D. raise

4. My grandfather often says sunset announces the .... of night.

A. come B. arrive C. approach D. going

5. It is ............... that two and two make four.

A. obvious B. said C. clean D. noticeable

6. In ................ it has been an exciting day, I can say.

A. little B. brief C. briefness D. shortage

7. Plain, simple clothes are .............. for school wear.

A. good B. match C. suit D. appropriate

8. Ours will be an party, so just wear casual clothes if you can come.

A. inside B. informal C. uniform D. uneasy

9. The judge gave the .............. to the winning athlete.

A. nod B. nods C. shake D. shakes

10. Don't .............. at your little brother like that. It's rude of you.

A. show B. look C. point D. gaze

UNIT 4: SCHOOL EDUCATION SYSTEM 1. Match a verb in A with a noun or phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase. A B

1. to be a. to primary school

2. to enter b. homework at home

3. to go c. at the university

4. to take d. very hard at school

5. to study e. divided into three terms

6. to pay f. access to the Internet

7. to work g. an examination

8. to listen h. carefully to the teachers

9. to do i. the state education system

10. to have j. fees

2. Choose the best answer.

Page 75: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-145- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

1. In Britain, it is ....... to go to school between the ages of five and sixteen.

A. legal B. required C. voluntary D. compulsory

2. Most schools in Britain are called ….. schools, which means they have students with mixed

abilities.

A. completion B. comprehend C. comprehensive D. comprehension

3. Many children below the age of five go to …………school.

A. nursery B. nursing C. baby D. kindergarten

4. At school, children learn a lot of ___ such as maths, biology, history, geography and English.

A. objects B. subjects C. topics D. lessons

5. At the age of eighteen, some people…………. .....university.

A. enter B. do C. study D. graduate

6. My sister got a good grade in her history exam, but unfortunately she ............ her maths.

A. passed B. took C. failed D. lost

7. There wasn't an Italian class at her school, so she …..herself to speak it.

A. learned B. studied C. made D. taught

8. At school, our teachers ..................... us about the dangers of drugs.

A. raised B. learned C. brought D. educated

9. Daisy is Japanese, so she can get a job in Tokyo.

A. learning B. teaching C. educating D. acquiring

10. When I was young, I was sent to a ..................school by my parents.

A. sleeping B. boarding C. staying D. residential

UNIT 5: HIGHER EDUCATION 1. Match a verb in A with a noun phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to fill a. a decision

2. to finish b. the exam result

3. to achieve c. a ticket

4. to install d. an offer

5. to apply e. high grades

6. to make f. in an application form

7. to accept g. a course

8. to know h. an alarm

9. to show i. secondary school

10. to take j. for universities

2. Choose the best answer.

1. The retirement of two policemen made two ........... in our police force.

A. vacant B. vacancies C. empty D. rooms

2. The enemy………. to the attack with heavy gunfire.

A. said B. acted C. replied D. answered

3. The ........... year in Vietnam begins when school opens in September.

A. academy B. academic C. academics D. academically

4. The young doctor had studied ………. for a number of years.

A. medicine B. medic C. medical D. medicinal

5. A vet, or ………… is a doctor or surgeon who treats animals.

A. veteran B. veterinarian C. vegetarian D. vegetable

6. The branch of mathematics that uses both letters and numbers to show relations between

quantities is………..

A. algebra B. geometry C. computing D. arithmetic

7. The writer concealed his ........... by signing his stories with a false name.

Page 76: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-146- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. hands B. identity C. face D. family

8. Can we find ……. at the hotel for the night?

A. house B. room C. stay D. accommodation

9. The screwdriver is not ..................for the job. My father is using it.

A. present B. prepared C. available D. already

10. A birth ………gives the date and place of a person's birth and the names of his parents.

A. paper B. diploma C. license D. certificate

UNIT 6: FUTURE JOBS 1. Match a verb in A with a word or phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to prepare A. a good impression on the interview

2. to reduce B. a letter of application

3. to send C. about the comments

4. to make D. goodbye to the teacher

5. to say E. care of injured and sick people

6. to be F. for a job interview

7. to think G. save people's lives

8. to create H. a real effort

9. to take I. disappointed

10. to help J. the feeling of pressure

2. Choose the best answer.

1. I enjoy my job as a baker, but it's taken me over five years to _______to working at night.

A. used B. be use C. get used D. getting used

2. It's high time Bill got a steady job and _________. He's almost thirty.

A. turned in B. settled in C. turned down D. settled down

3. My sister isn't enjoying her job. Actually, I think she regrets not ______to university.

A. go B. going C. gone D. to go

4. I prefer staying at work late ________work home with me.

A. taking B. to take C. to taking D. than take

5. He's really enjoying his job. His new ____have made him very welcome.

A. bosses B. managers C. employees D. colleagues

6. Unemployment _______by 4% since January and now stands at under three million people.

A. rose B. was raised C. has risen D. has raised

7. Don't be late for the interview, _______people will think you are a disorganized person.

A. or so B. if not C. unless D. otherwise

8. The night before an important event like an interview, you _______try to go to bed early. ,

A. always B. need C. should D. have to

9. Good luck at the interview, Mike. I hope you _______the job.

A. get B. got C. have got D. would get

10. By the year 2015, many people currently employed _______their jobs.

A. are losing B. have lost C. will be losing D. will have lost

UNIT 8: LIFE IN THE FUTURE 1. Match a verb in A with a noun or phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to breathe A. a cure for the common cold

2. to work B. about dramatic changes '

3. to find C. healthier foods

4. to live D. between the earth and a space station

Page 77: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-147- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

5. to eat E. to bettering our lives

6. to expect F. good things to happen

7. to travel G. fresher air

8. to bring H. exercise

9. to do I. away from home

10. to contribute J. in a healthy environment

2. Choose the best answer.

1. Tom always wants to be an actor when he .................. up.

A. comes B. grows C. settles D. brings

2. Overwork is …….. to cause increased stress.

A. likely B. possible C. possibly D. obviously

3. His greatest ……… is to become a doctor and emigrate to Australia.

A. want B. fortune C. purpose D. ambition

4. When he left school, he ………..the army and soon became an office.

A. applied B. entered C. joined D. enlisted

5. It's becoming ……. difficulty for students to find holiday jobs.

A. great B. impossibly C. accordingly D. increasingly

6. They tell me he is… ................a lot of money in his new job.

A. having B. earning C. gaining D. profiting

7. He played an active ................... in politics until he was well over 70.

A. part B. job C. scene D. position

8. Mr Brown had to leave his family… when he went abroad to work.

A. out B. behind C. at a loss D. at all costs

9. You can learn as much theory as you like, but you only master a skill by ………it a lot.

A. doing B. training C. practising D. exercising

10. He went to Australia hoping to find a teaching ............... without much difficulty.

A. post B. work C. occupation D. employment

UNIT 10: ENDANGERED SPECIES 1. Match a verb in A with a noun or phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to be A. mountain gorillas for food

2. to reduce B. people's awareness of conservation needs

3. to contaminate C. sufficient funds

4. to raise D. in danger of extinction

5. to prevent E. many species to the verge of extinction

6. to destroy F. the trade in endangered species

7. to drive G. buying fashionable wildlife products

8. to kill H. the number of rare species

9. to have I. available habitats

10. to keep J. water

2. Choose the best answer.

1. Many species of animals and plants today are ...........

A. risky B. on risk C. endangered D. under danger

2. The widespread use of pesticides has .................. many rare species.

A. cancelled B. extincted C. devastated D. wiped out

3. A tropical rainforest once destroyed can never be .....

A. repaired B. replaced C. recovered D. regenerated

4. One of the effects of acid rain is that it causes plants to ...............

A. wither B. thrive C. shrink D. contract

Page 78: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-148- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

5. There are now over 850,000 named ________ of insects on the earth.

A. species B. families C. colonies D. varieties

6. If we do not look after our environment, zebras could become an …. species.

A. enclosed B. endangered C. imperiled D. infrequent

7. Poisonous gases …. ............many factories destroy the ozone layer.

A. over B. above C. from D. around

8. As more and more rainforest in the world is destroyed, the threat …. wildlife increases.

A. to B. by C. with D. about

9. We can all do something to help …… ........the environment.

A. detect B. defeat C. proceed D. protect

10. A lot of species have already been on the …….of extinction.

A. side B. verge C. corner D. surface

UNIT 11: BOOKS 1. Match a verb in A with a noun or phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to prepare A. the newspaper

2. to suit B. to sleep

3. to fulfil C. the kitchen

4. to clean C. a meal

5. to change E. out the mystery

6. to print F. an assignment

7. to watch G. the taste

8. to find H. the lock

9. to go I. the promise

10. to give J. television

2. Choose the best answer.

1. Most meat now sold in self-service departments is……..in the store rather than by packers.

A. packed B. package C. pre-packaged D. post-packaged

2. My ……………. in reading is a mystery story to a love story.

A. like B. wish C. desire D. preference

3. The soldier was informed of his….. ...............to a new base.

A. assignment B. exercise C. homework D. housework

4. Our ……………..is on the second floor of a ten-storey building.

A. hut B. mansion C. cottage D. apartment

5. She blushed in …. ................. at her son's rudeness to her friends.

A. embarrass B. embarrassed C. embarrassing D. embarrassment

6. Edison is considered a………….. at invention by many scientists.

A. wizard B. devil C. monster D. ghost

7. The marriage performed in the church was an …… ceremony.

A. impressed B. impressive C. impressing D. impression

8. The mind of the storyteller has great …………… powers.

A. imaginary B. imagining C. imaginative D. imagination

9. It is not …………....... for him to go to school while he is still sick.

A. advice B. advise C. advised D. advisable

10. Such books as biographies and histories are …………....

A. fiction B. nonfiction C. novel D. imaginary

UNIT 12: WATER SPORTS 1. Match a verb in A with a phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

Page 79: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-149- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A B

1. to wear A. 3-minute overtime

2. to hold B. another person in a competition

3. to divide C. the ball with both hands

4. to play D. a visit to Nha Trang

5. to swim E. the rules

6. to break F. straight ahead

7. to defeat G. white caps

8. to look H. the game

9. to pay I. a game into quarters

10. to win J. very fast for a short distance

2. Choose the best answer.

1. If you like skiing, there's a ski …………..under an hour's drive from Madrid.

A. port B. place C. resort D. station

2. I suppose cycling is very popular in Holland because it's so

A. flat B. plain C. plane D. smooth

3. This time tomorrow I ......................by my swimming pool.

A. relax B. am relaxed C. am relaxing D. will be relaxing

4. Everyone congratulated Jim winning the tournament.

A. for B. on C. with D. about

5. We can't go skating. The ______ has been closed for repairs.

A. rink B. ring C. pitch D. course

6. I've never liked hockey since someone hit me on the ankle with their …..

A. bat B. pole C. stick D. club

7. They asked him why he hadn't learned to swim ……. he was at school.

A. after B. while C. during D. whenever

8. Not only is my brother a brilliant tennis player, he's also very good … water polo.

A. at B. in C. for D. with

9. John has recently joined a health club in order to …… ............. fit.

A. retain B. continue C. maintain D. keep

10 ………people join rowing clubs now than ten years ago.

A. Many. B. Much C. More D. Most

UNIT 13: THE 22nd SEA GAMES 1. Match a verb in A with a noun or phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to host A. a gold medal

2. to impress B. precision

3. to increase C. second

4. to gain D. out an intensive program

5. to defend E. a sports event

6. to win F. a plan

7. to carry G. sports enthusiasts

8. to propose H. a goal

9. to rank I. the title

10. to score J. amazing results

2. Choose the best answer.

1. The track events took…………. in the central stadium.

A. up B. off C. part D. place

2. 'Acid', 'base' and 'salt' are ……….. commonly used in chemistry.

Page 80: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-150- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. terms B. times C. phrases D. chemical

3. The captain of the ship won a ……… for bravery.

A. coin B. note C. letter D. medal

4. After the course, learners manage to speak English with ...................

A. exact B. precision C. right D. fluent

5. The child was no longer weak and made a(n) ……… ......recovery.

A. surprised B. astonish C. surprising D. astonished

6. They ………….. their teacher with flowers on the Teachers' Day.

A. gave B. offered C. handed D. presented

7 ………..to his efforts, the garden is a great success.

A. Thank B. Thanks C. Thanked D. Thanking

8. Each club sent a………. ........to the state meeting.

A. assignment B. performance C. delegation D. achievement

9. Our party was……….. ..... of three grown-ups and four children.

A. consisted B. included C. contained D. composed

10. The swimming ____ in the district are excellent.

A. tracks B. facilities C. stadiums D. places

UNIT 14: INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS 1. Match a verb in A with a phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to reduce a. the lives of vulnerable people

2. to give b. charity and volunteer work

3. to improve c. data on endangered species

4. to carry d. international problems

5. to collect e. the sufferings of people

6. to work f. different people

7. to solve g. out education development programs

8. to travel h. for international development

9. to meet i. medical aid to victims of major disasters

10. to do j. all over the world

2. Choose the best answer.

1. In 1936, the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) ___the world's first TV programming.

A. started B. began C. founded D. commenced

2. In 2001, Secretary-General Kofi Annan and the United Nations (UN) received the

Nobel____for their peacekeeping efforts around the world.

A. award B. prize C. profit D. trophy

3. The World Bank's ____is to finance projects that promote economic development in

member nations.

A. benefit B. ambition C. purpose D. aspiration

4. The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) provides technical, economic and

social aid to _____countries.

A. achieving B. acquiring C. advancing D. developing

5. The World Wildlife Fund (WWF) monitors the illegal trade in endangered animals and

helps establish _____for threatened wildlife.

A. stores B. reserves C. archives D. alternatives

6. Most UN agencies are involved in peace building, ____refers to the rebuilding of a war-torn

country and the prevention of future wars and violence.

A. that B. when C. which D. whose

7. Today FIFA, which is headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland, has more than 200 member

______and oversees the activity of millions of players worldwide.

Page 81: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-151- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. nations B. societies C. associations D. organizations

8. The International Olympic Committee (IOC) was created at an 1894 meeting in Paris

that___ to the revival of the Olympic Games in 1896.

A. led B. aimed C. attended D. determined

9. The United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) seeks solutions to the

problems of refugees by helping them _____safely to their homelands.

A. come B. arrive C. reach D. return

10. The Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) was founded in

1960______five countries so as to control the production and price of oil.

A. by B. over C. with D. from

UNIT 15: WOMEN IN SOCIETY 1. Match a verb in A with a noun phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

1. to make a. after children

2. to lose b. two jobs

3. to waste c. a house

4. to establish d. a decision

5. to look e. time and money

6. to neglect f. one's temper

7. to lose g. a better recognition

8. to do h. touch with someone

9. to win i. a relationship

10. to run j. responsibilities

2. Choose the best answer.

1. I have had no______to give him your message because I have not seen him.

A. ability B. capacity C. possibility D. opportunity

2. Many women are interested in____issues nowadays.

A. politic B. political C. politics D. politician

3. A period of one hundred years is a_____.

A. century B. decade C. generation D. millennium

4. As the work became more familiar, his __ toward school changed from dislike to great

enthusiasm.

A. view B. look C. attitude D. opinion

5. Don't make your father _____his temper. Behave well!

A. miss B. lose C. drop D. hit

6. We judge a worker ______the basis of his performance.

A. in B. at C. for D. on

7. People were admitted to this club without regard to age or ___

A. sex B. male C. female D. masculine

8. Diplomats are interested in the _____of world affairs.

A. position B. post C. status D. place

9. We wished the bride and groom a happy ______ at their wedding.

A. marry B. married C. marrying D. marriage

10. Give me a(n)_____of scissors to cut the cloth.

A. couple B. piece C. pair D. item

UNIT 16: THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEAST ASIAN NATIONS 1. Match a verb in A with a phrase in B to make an appropriate phrase.

A B

Page 82: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-152- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

1. to become a. English as a foreign language

2. to promote b. to the socio-economic development

3. to speak c. admitted to the association

4. to establish d. attention to trade among countries

5. to be e. a population of 86 million

6. to solve f. a summer vacation in Ha Long Bay

7. to contribute g. a new member in 1995

8. to have h. a free trade area

9. to spend i. peace and stability in the region

10. to pay j. problems among member countries

2. Choose the best answer.

1. Vietnam occupies a(n) ____ of 331,041 square kilometres.

A. area B. land C. region D. division

2. Much of Laos' land____of rugged mountains covered with forests.

A. exists B. consists C. contain D. composes

3. Two thirds of Cambodia is covered ____ dense forests.

A. at B. of C. with D. from

4. Thailand is a modern country that continues to respect its ancient ____.

A. ways B. methods C. systems D. traditions

5. For many centuries, Myanmar has been ____ for its strong Buddhist culture.

A. said B. told C. known D. spoken

6. It is said that Singapore was____ by an Asian prince in 1299.

A. caused B. given C. created D. founded

7. Indonesia has more than 300 different ethnic____ speaking 250 languages.

A. crowds B. groups C. unions D. gangs

8. Large oil and gas reserves____ Brunei one of the wealthiest nations in Southeast Asia.

A. help B. urge C. devote D. make

9. The great majority of the Philippines' islands are tiny and have no people living ____ them.

A. at B. on C. above D. under

10. Malaysia does not grow enough for its people, ____ it must buy rice from other countries.

A. so B. but C. although D. however

PHẦN III: READING Trong các đề thi tuyển sinh đại học, cao đẳng có 2 dạng bài tập Đọc hiểu chính:

- Dạng điền từ vào chỗ trống (guided cloze reading), nghĩa là chọn 1 phương án thích hợp

để điền vào mỗi chỗ trống. Dạng bài tập này nhằm kiểm tra khả năng sử dụng ngôn ngữ,

khả năng phân tích

- Dạng đọc hiểu (reading comprehension), nghĩa là chọn 1 đáp án thích hợp để trả lời mỗi

câu hỏi. Dạng bài tập này dùng để kiểm tra khả năng suy diễn, phân tích, tổng hợp và

các yếu tố văn hóa.

Đề thi tuyển sinh vào đại học, cao đẳng thường có 3 bài đọc: 1 bài điền từ vào chỗ trống với 10

câu hỏi có độ dài khoảng 200 từ, và 2 bài đọc hiểu (10 câu hỏi/ 1 bài) và độ dài của mỗi bài là

khoảng 400 từ.

I. Kỹ năng làm bài tập trắc nghiệm điền vào chỗ trống

Dạng bài tập trắc nghiệm điền từ vào chỗ trống kiểm tra cả từ vựng lẫn ngữ pháp, đặc biệt

là sự vận dụng kiến thức ngữ pháp và từ vựng trong ngữ cảnh của 1 đoạn văn để chọn đáp án

chính xác.

Để làm tốt bài tập này, cần làm theo các bước sau:

Đọc lướt một lượt để hiểu nội dung của đoạn văn;

Page 83: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-153- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Đọc kĩ đoạn văn, đặc biệt chú ý đến những chỗ trống cần chọn từ điền vào những từ/ cụm

từ trước và sau chỗ trống đó;

Đọc kĩ 4 phương án cần lựa chọn, xem xét chỗ cần điền liên quan đến từ vựng hay ngữ

pháp;

Nếu chỗ cần điền liên quan đến từ vựng, hãy đọc kĩ cụm từ, câu hoặc đoạn văn đó, dựa

vào ngữ cảnh để đưa ra sự lựa chọn hợp lí nhất;

Nếu chỗ cần điền liên quan đến ngữ pháp hoặc cấu trúc câu, xem xét lại các từ/ cụm từ

trước hoặc sau chỗ trống đó (động từ, tính từ, giới từ, trạng từ chỉ thời gian...); đọc lại 4

phương án để tìm đáp án đúng nhất;

Làm lần lượt từ câu thứ nhất đến hết, nhưng có thể bỏ qua những câu khó rồi quay lại sau.

II. Kỹ năng làm bài tập trắc nghiệm đọc hiểu

Các bài đọc này được thiết kế để kiểm tra kĩ năng đọc hiểu như đoán nghĩa từ mới, nghĩa

ngữ cảnh, kĩ năng đọc phân tích, đọc phê phán, tổng hợp hoặc suy diễn, và kiến thức về các yếu

tố văn hóa có liên quan. Đối với dạng bài này, các câu hỏi sẽ được sắp xếp theo thứ tự từ trên

xuống và các câu hỏi về main idea sẽ được đặt ở đầu hoặc cuối. Câu hỏi trong bài reading

comprehension thường được cho dưới các dạng sau đây:

1. Ý chính (main idea)

What is the topic of this passage?

What is the main idea expressed in this passage?

Which title best reflects the main idea of the passage?

2. Câu hỏi lấy thông tin (factual questions)

According to the passage, why did...?

According to the information in paragraph 1, what did...?

Which of the following is true, according to the author?

3. Câu hỏi lấy thông tin đối lập (negative factual questions)

The author mentions all of the following in the passage EXCEPT...

In the passage, the author does NOT mention...

Which of the following is LEAST likely?

According to the information in paragraph 2, which of the following is NOT true?

4. Câu hỏi về từ vựng (vocabulary questions)

Which of the following could best be substituted for the word in line_____?

The expression “___” in line ____ could best be replaced by _____

The word “____” in line _____ is closest in meaning to which of the following?

5. Câu hỏi liên hệ đến từ vựng (reference questions)

The word “____” in line _____ refers to _____.

The pronoun “it” in line ____ refers to _____.

The phrase “___” in paragraph ____ refers to ___.

The word _____ is a reference to ______.

6. Câu hỏi suy diễn (inference questions)

It is probable that...

It can be inferred from the passage that...

It can be concluded from the information in paragraph 1 that...

In paragraph 2, the author implies that...

Page 84: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-154- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?

From the information in paragraph 3, it can be inferred that...

In the last paragraph, the author suggests that...

7. Câu hỏi về mục đích của tác giả (questions on author’s purpose)

Why does the author mention ____ in paragraph 1?

Why does the author give detail about _____?

The author refers to _____ to indicate that _____.

The author’s main purpose in paragraph 2 is to _____.

8. Câu hỏi về thái độ của tác giả (questions on author’s attitude)

What is the author’s opinion of ____?

Which of the following most accurately reflects the author’s opinion of ____?

9. Diễn tả lại ý của câu (sentence restatement / sentence paraphrasing) Which of the following best expresses the essential information in the second sentence of

paragraph 3?

10. Câu hỏi tìm liên kết về ý (questions for coherence understanding)

The paragraph that precedes this passage/ paragraph is mostly probably about _____. The paragraph that follows this passage/ paragraph is mostly probably about _____.

Cách xử lý những dạng câu hỏi vừa nêu trên.

LOẠI CÂU

HỎI PHƯƠNG PHÁP XỬ LÝ

1. Main idea

questions

Cách nhận diện:

- Từ chốt trong câu hỏi là: topic, subject, tiltle, primary idea, main idea, main

point, primarily concerned…

Phương pháp:

- Nếu bài đọc chỉ có một đọan, đọc câu đầu và câu cuối.

- Nếu bài đọc có nhiều đọan, đọc câu đầu của mỗi đọan.

- Đọc câu cuối để kiểm tra ý chính.

2. Vocabulary

questions

Cách nhận diện:

- Loại câu hỏi thường gặp là:

What is the meaning…

Which of the following is closest meaning to…

The word “…”could best be replaced by which of the following…

Phương pháp :

- Tìm câu / đoạn trong bài có chứa từ / thành ngữ được yêu cầu giải thích.

- Dùng những đầu mối gợi ý từ ngữ cảnh để đóan nghĩa. Đầu mối này có thể

là từ ngữ cảnh (contextual clue), cấu trúc (structural clue), chấm câu

(punctuation clue), hay các thành phần cấu tạo từ (word parts: affixes, stems)

3. Reference

Questions

Cách nhận diện từ báo hiệu: refer, reference …

Phương pháp:

- Lưu ý các đặc điểm của đại từ: chỉ người (he, she, we...); vật (it, they), số

nhiều / ít; nam / nữ; các đại từ bất định (one, any, some, all, so, both, others)

- Tìm từ yêu cầu xác định liên hệ trong đoạn văn.

- Từ liên hệ thông thường nằm ở câu liền trước câu có chứa từ cần xác định.

- Chọn và kiểm tra.

Cách nhận diện:

- Loại câu hỏi: Where in the passage …. ?

Page 85: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-155- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

4. Location

Questions

Phương pháp:

- Tìm từ then chốt trong câu hỏi.

- Đọc lướt để tìm thông tin chứa từ chốt đó trong bài đọc.

- Chọn câu trả lời chứa số dòng của thông tin chứa từ chốt đó.

5. Factual

Information

Questions

Cách nhận diện: loại câu hỏi về một mảng thông tin đã cho trong bài.

Phương pháp :

- Chú ý rằng các câu hỏi được sắp xếp dựa trên trật tự đã cho trong bài đọc.

- Tìm từ then chốt trong câu hỏi và đối chiếu với phần chứa từ chốt đó trong

bài đọc.

- Câu trả lời đúng là câu phát biểu cùng một ý tưởng nhưng cấu trúc và từ

vựng không hoàn toàn chính xác câu gốc.

6. Negative

Fact Questions

Cách nhận diện:

- Từ báo hiệu trong câu hỏi là: not stated, not mentioned, not true, not

discussed, false, except…

Phương pháp:

- Làm giống như loại câu xác định thông tin có sẵn để tìm ra 3 câu có thông

tin đúng theo bài.

- Chọn câu còn lại.

7. Inference

Questions

Cách nhận diện:

- Từ báo hiệu trong câu hỏi là: implied, inferred, likely, probably…

Phương pháp:

- Đây là một loại câu hỏi khó và phổ biến trong các bài đọc hiểu dành cho

học sinh giỏi.

- Chọn từ chốt trong câu hỏi.

- Tìm nhanh trong đọan văn câu có chứa từ chốt hay ý liên quan.

- Đọc và rút ra kết luận từ những thông tin đã cho.

- Câu trả lời đúng là câu trả lời không được phát biểu một cách trực tiếp từ

đoạn văn, cũng không phải là câu trả lời theo quan điểm cá nhân mà là câu

trả lời từ nội dung không được trình bày trực tiếp trong bài đọc.

8. Questions

on author’s

Purpose or

Attitude

Cách nhận diện:

TONE: What is the tone of the passage?

PURPOSE: What is the author's purpose in this passage?

COURSE: In which course would this reading be assigned?

Phương pháp:

TONE: Xuyên suốt bài đọc sẽ có những manh mối mà tác giả thể hiện cảm xúc

của mình hơn là diễn tả sự thật.

- Đọc bài để tìm các manh mối mà qua đó thấy được cảm xúc của tác giả

- Chọn câu trả lời mà nó thể hiện rõ cảm xúc đó

PURPOSE/ COURSE: Kết luận về mục đích của tác giả cũng như diễn tiến của

nó từ ý chính của bài cũng như các ý dùng để củng cố cho ý chính đó

- Xem xét kỹ ý chính trong câu chủ đề của đoạn văn và các ý chi tiết được dùng

để làm rõ cho ý chính đó

- Quyết định xem câu trả lời nào là mục đích của tác giả hay diễn tiến của nó

9. Questions

for Coherence

Understanding

Cách nhận diện:

- Từ báo hiệu trong câu hỏi là: precede, follow

Phương pháp:

Câu trả lời thường được tìm thấy ở dòng đầu của đoạn văn cho câu hỏi preceding

và ở dòng cuối cùng cho câu hỏi following.

- Đọc dòng đầu của đoạn văn cho câu hỏi preceding

- Đọc dòng cuối cùng cho câu hỏi following

- Kết luận xem cái gì đến trước hoặc sau

Page 86: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-156- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

- Chọn câu trả lời mà nó được nói đến trong dòng đầu hoặc dòng cuối của đoạn

văn

Ngoài việc phân tích các câu hỏi, khi làm bài nên chú ý đến một số vấn đề chung sau:

Điều trước tiên các em phải đọc nhanh để có được khái niệm chung về nội dung của bài

đọc;

Đọc câu hỏi, gạch dưới những từ chủ yếu, không đọc các phương án trả lời;

Tìm câu trả lời trong bài đọc, gạch dưới những phần có liên quan đến câu trả lời;

Đọc qua các phương án và gạch dưới những từ quan trọng, nên nhớ rằng tất cả các câu trả

lời đều có liên quan đến các ý trong bài vì thế cần kiểm tra cẩn thận và lựa chọn câu trả lời

đúng nhất;

Đừng lựa chọn những câu trả lời có cấu trúc và từ ngữ giống nội dung của bài, các đáp án

thường được diễn đạt ý lại bằng cách này hay cách khác.

Ví dụ minh họa:

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate

the correct word(s) for each of the blanks.

Wind, water, air, ice and heat all work to cause erosion. As the wind blows over the land,

it often (1) _____ small grains of sand. When these grains of sand strike against solid rocks, the

rocks are slowly worn away. In this way, (2) _____ very hard rocks are worn away by the wind.

When particles of rocks or soil became loosened in any way, running water carries them

down the (3) _____. Some rocks and soil particles are carried into streams and then into the sea.

Land that is covered with trees, grass and other plants wears away very slowly, and so

loses very (4) _____ of its soil. The roots of plants help to (5) _____ the rocks and soil in place.

Water that falls on grasslands runs away more slowly than water that falls on bare ground. Thus,

forests and grasslands (6) _____ to slow down erosion.

Even where the land is (7) _____ covered with plants, some erosion goes on. In the

spring, the (8) _____ snow turns into a large quantity of water that then runs downhill in streams.

(9) _____ a stream carries away some of the soil, the stream bed gets deeper and deeper. (10)

_____ thousands of years of such erosion, wide valleys are often formed.

Question 1: A. cleans out B. picks up C. carries out D. holds up

Question 2: A. though B. still C. such D. even

Question 3: A. borders B. topside C. backside D. hillsides

Question 4: A. much B. few C. little D. large

Question 5: A. stay B. store C. hold D. back

Question 6: A. aid B. facilitate C. assist D. help

Question 7: A. thickly B. scarcely C. thinly D. strongly

Question 8: A. building B. formed C. melted D. melting

Question 9: A. Until B. Although C. Till D. As

Question 10: A. After B. During C. Among D. In

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

An air pollutant is defined as a compound added directly or indirectly humans to the atmosphere in such quantities as to affect humans, animals, vegetation, or materials adversely.

Air pollution requires a very flexible definition that permits continuous change. When the first air pollution laws were established in England in the fourteenth century, air pollutants were limited to compounds that could be seen or smelled - a far cry from extensive list of harmful substances known today. As technology has develop and knowledge of the health aspects of various chemicals has increased, the list of air pollutants has lengthened. In the future, even water vapor might be considered as an air pollutant under certain conditions.

Page 87: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-157- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Many of the more important air pollutants, such as sulfur oxides, carbon monoxide, and nitrogen oxides, are found in nature. As the Earth developed, the concentration of these pollutants was altered by various chemical reactions; they became components in biogeochemical cycles. These serve as an air purification scheme by allowing the compounds to move from the air to the water or soil. On a global basis, nature’s output of these compounds dwarfs that resulting from human activities.

However, human production usually occurs in a localized area, such as a city. In such a region, human output may be dominant and may temporarily overload the natural purification scheme of the cycles. The result is an increased concentration of noxious chemicals in the air. The concentrations at which the adverse effects appear will be greater than the concentrations that the pollutants would have in the absence of human activities. The actual concentration need not be large for a substance to be a pollutant; in fact, the numerical value tells us little until we know how much of an increase this represents over the concentration that would occur naturally in the area. For example, sulfur dioxide has detectable health effects at 0.08 parts per million (ppm), which is about 400 times its natural level of 0.1 ppm and is not usually a pollutant until its level reaches about 15 ppm.

Question 1: What does the passage mainly discuss? A. The economic impact of air pollution.

B. What constitutes an air pollutant.

C. How much harm air pollutants can cause.

D. The effects of compounds added to the atmosphere.

Question 2:The word “adversely” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.

A. negatively B. quickly C. admittedly D. considerably

Question 3: It can be inferred from the first paragraph that ____.

A. water vapor is an air pollutant in localized areas

B. most air pollutants today can be seen or smelled

C. the definition of air pollution will continue to change

D. a substance becomes an air pollutant only in cities

Question 4:The word “These” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.

A. the various chemical reactions B. the pollutants from the developing Earth

C. the compounds moved to the water or soil D. the components in biogeochemical

cycles

Question 5: For which of the following reasons can natural pollutants play an important role in

controlling air pollution?

A. They function as part of a purification process.

B. They occur in greater quantities than other pollutants.

C. They are less harmful to living beings than other pollutants.

D. They have existed since the Earth developed.

Question 6: According to the passage, human-generated air pollution in localized regions ____.

A. can be dwarfed by nature’s output of pollutants.

B. can overwhelm the natural system that removes pollutants

C. will damage areas outside of the localized regions

D. will react harmfully with natural pollutants

Question 7: The word “localized”, in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.

A. specified B. circled C. surrounded D. encircled

Question 8: According to the passage, the numerical value of the concentration level of a

substance is only useful if ____.

A. the other substances in the area are known B. it is in a localized area

C. the natural level is also known D. it can be calculated quickly

Question 9:The word “detectable” in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.

Page 88: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-158- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. beneficial B. special C. measurable D. separable

Question 10: Which of the following is best supported by the passage?

A. To effectively control pollution, local government should regularly review their air

pollution laws.

B. One of the most important steps in preserving natural lands is to better enforce air

pollution laws.

C. Scientists should be consulted in order to establish uniform limits for all air pollutants.

D. Human activities have been effective in reducing air pollution.

Hướng dẫn:

Question 1: What does the passage mainly discuss? (Đoạn văn chủ yếu đề cập về cái gì?)

B Đáp án đúng: “What constitutes an air pollutant ” (Điều tạo thành chất gây ô nhiễm

không khí). Đoạn văn đề cập đến các chất gây ô nhiễm ở Anh thế lỷ 14 cho đến nay.

A Phương án sai: The economic impact of air pollution (Ảnh hưởng của ô nhiễm không khí đối với nền kinh tế) (không được nêu trong đoạn văn)

C Phương án sai: How much harm air pollutants can cause (chất gây ô nhiễm không khí

có thể gây tác hại đến mức độ nào) (không được nêu trong đoạn văn).

D Phương án sai: The effects of compounds added to the atmosphere (hậu quả của các hợp

chất thải vào khí quyển) (không phải ý chính).

Question 2:

A Đáp án đúng: negatively = không tốt, xấu. Ý trong bài: An air pollutant... to affect

humans, animals, vegetation, or materi adversely (Chất gây ô nhiễm không khí… ảnh

hưởng xấu đến con người, động vật,…).

B Phương án sai: quickly = một cách nhanh chóng

C Phương án sai: admittedly = đã được thừa nhận

D Phương án sai: considerably = đáng kể, nhiều

Question 3: It can be inferred from the first paragraph that ____. (Có thể suy ra từ đoạn 1 rằng…)

C Đáp án đúng: the definition of air pollution will continue to change. Ý trong bài: Air pollution requires a very flexible definition th permits continuous change.

A Phương án sai: water vapor is an air pollutant in localized areas. Ý trong bài: water

vapor might be considered as an air pollutant under certain conditions B Phương án sai: most air pollutants today can be seen or smelled. Đoạn 1 nói về tính chất

này của các chất gây ô nhiễm trước đây. D Phương án sai: a substance becomes an air pollutant only in cities. Ý này không được

nêu ra trong đoạn 1. Question 4: Đại từ “These" thay thế cho ngữ danh từ ở cuối câu trước là “components in

biogeochemical cycles”. → Đáp án là D.

Question 5: For which of the following reasons can natural pollutants play an important role

in controlling air pollution?

A Đáp án đúng: They function as part of a purification process. Ý trong bài: Many of the

more important air pollutants... are found in nature... serve as an air purification scheme B Phương án sai: They occur in greater quantities than other pollutants

C Phương án sai: They are less harmful to living beings than other pollutants (không được

nêu ra trong bài). D Phương án sai: They have existed since; the Earth developed (không phù hợp với câu

hỏi).

Question 6: According to the passage, human-generated air pollution in localized regions ____.

(Theo đoạn văn, sự ô nhiễm không khí do con người gây ra ở các địa phương ____.)

B Đáp án đúng: “can overwhelm the natural system that removes pollutants". Ý trong bài:

“human output may be dominant and may temporarily overload the natural purification

scheme of the cycles”.

Page 89: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-159- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A Phương án sai: “can be dwarfed by nature’s output of pollutants" (có thể được thu nhỏ

bởi quá trình sinh các chất gây ô nhiễm của tự nhiên).

C Phương án sai: “will damage areas outside of the localized regions ".

D Phương án sai: “will react harmfully with natural pollutants"

Question 7: A Đáp án đúng: localized = specified. Ý trong bài: localized area, such as a city (được

nêu rõ).

B, C, D Các phương án sai: circled/surrounded/encircled = được bao quanh.

Question 8: According to the passage, the numerical value of the concentration level of a

substance is only useful if ____.

C Đáp án đúng: "the natural level is also known”. Ý trong bài: “the numerical value tells

us little until we know ho much of an increase this represents over the concentration that would

occur naturally in the area

A Phương án sai: "the other substances in the area are known ”

B Phương án sai: "it is in a localized area”.

D Phương án sai: “it can be calculated quickly".

Question 9: Đáp án đúng C: detectable = có thể phát hiện ra; measurable = có thể đo đạc được.

Ý trong bài: ppm, đơn vị đo mức độ ô nhiễm. Question 10: Which of the following is best supported by the passage? Đây là câu hỏi tổng hợp

ý chính của bài. D Đáp án đúng: “Human activities have been effective in reducing air pollution” A Phương án sai: “To effectively control pollution, local government should regularly

review their air pollution laws."

B Phương án sai: “One of the most important steps in preserving natural lands is to better enforce air pollution laws.”

C Phương án sai: “Scientists should be consulted in order to establish uniform limits for all air pollutants.”

EXERCISES Guided Cloze Exercises

Exercise 1: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

All men should study, we have to study to (1) ____ our knowledge and develop our

intelligence.

An uneducated man can only utilize his (2) ____ strength to work and live. An educated

man, (3) ____ this strength, still has the faculty of his intelligent brain and good reflection. This

intelligence and thought enable him to help his physical strength to act more quickly (4) ____

cleverly.

In a same profession or work, the educated man differs (5) ____ the uneducated

considerably. Therefore, intellectual workers have to study, this is a matter of course but (6)

____ workers must also (7) ____ an education.

In civilized countries compulsory education has been applied. (8) ____ must spend

seven or eight years to study. From ploughmen to labourers in these (9) ____, no one is (10)

____ to read a book or a paper fluently.

1. A. wide B. widely C. widen D. broad

2. A. body B. bodily C. power D. brain

3. A. with B. without C. no D. none

4. A. and B. but C. yet D. or

5. A. than B. with C. from D. apart

6. A. simple B. easy C. hard D. manual

7. A. learn B. study C. acquire D. know

8. A. Man B. One C. Human D. Mankind

Page 90: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-160- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

9. A. parts B. regions C. fields D. nations

10. A. able B. unable C. not D. never

Exercise 2: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

Everyone wants to reduce pollution. But the pollution (1) ____ is as complicated as it is

serious. It is complicated (2) ____ much pollution is caused by things that benefit people. For

example, (3) ____ from automobiles causes a large percentage of all air pollution. But the

automobile (4) ____ transportation for millions of people. Factories (5) ____ much of material

that pollutes air and water, but factories give employment to a large number of people.

Thus, to end (6) ____ greatly reduce pollution immediately, people would have to stop

using many things that (7) ____ them. Most people do not want to do that, of course. But

pollution can be (8) ____ reduced in several ways. Scientists and engineers can work to find

ways to lessen the amount of pollution that such things as automobiles and factories cause.

Governments can pass and enforce laws that (9) ____ businesses and (10) ____ to stop, or cut

down on certain polluting activities.

1. A. work B. problem C. accident D. event

2. A. because B. so C. that D. while

3. A. exhaust B. tire C. gas D. liquid

4. A. carries B. takes C. affords D. provides

5. A. offer B. bring C. discharge D. cause

6. A. to B. or C. so D. that

7. A. benefit B. harm C. motivate D. encourage

8. A. little B. gradually C. so D. that

9. A. require B. forbid C. prevent D. request

10. A. commercials B. surroundings C. individuals D. traffic

Exercise 3: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in following passage.

We are using up the world's petroleum. We use (1) ____ in our cars and to heat our

building in winter.

Farmers use petrochemicals to (2) ____ the soil rich. They use them to kill insects (3)

____ plants. These chemicals go (4) ____ rivers and lakes and kill the fish there. Thousands of

pollutants also go into the air and pollute it. Winds carry this (5)____ air to other countries and

other continents.

Poor farmers use the same land over and (6) ____. The land needs a rest so it will be

better next year. However, the farmers must have food this year. Poor people cut down forests

(7) ____ firewood. In some areas when the trees are gone, the land (8) ____ desert. Poor people

can’t save the environment for the (9) ____.

This is not a problem for one country or one area of the world. It is problem for all

humans. The people and the nations of the world must work together to (10)____ the world's

resources.

1. A. it B. them C. that D. those

2. A. enrich B. change C. make D. let

3. A. eat B. eaten C. eating D. ate

4. A. to B. toward C. at D. into

5. A. pollute B. polluting C. polluted D. pollution

6. A. over B. again C. repeated D. repeating

7. A. of B. for C. with D. at

8. A. gets B. changes C. turns D. becomes

9. A. future B. time C. times D. period

Page 91: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-161- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

10. A. recycle B. preserve C. keep D. use

Exercise 4: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

Every ten minutes, one kind of animal, plant or insect dies (1) ____ for ever. If nothing

is done about it, one million species that are alive today will have become (2) ____ twenty years

from now.

The seas are in (3) ____. They are being filled with poison: industrial and nuclear (4)

____, chemical fertilizers and pesticides, sewage. The Mediterranean is already nearly dead; the

North Sea is following. If nothing is done about it, one day soon nothing will be able to live in

the seas.

The tropical rain forests, which are the (5) ____ of half the earth’s living things

(including many rare animals and plants), are being destroyed. If nothing is done about it, they

will have disappeared in twenty years. The (6) ____ on the world’s climate - and on our

agriculture and food supplies - will be disastrous.

Fortunately, somebody is trying to do something about it. In 1961, the World Wildlife

Fund was (7) ____ - a small group of people who wanted to raise money to save animals and

plants from extinction.

Today, the World Wildlife Fund is a large international organization. It has raised over

£35 million for conservation projects, and has created or given (8) ____ to National Parks in

five continents. It has helped 30 mammals and birds - including the tiger - to (9) ____. Perhaps

this is not much, but it is a start. If more people give more money - and if more governments

wake up to what is happening - perhaps the World Wildlife Fund will be able to help us to avoid

the disaster that (10)____ the natural world, and all of us will be with it.

1. A. off B. on C. out D. over

2. A. extinguished B. extinct C. distinct D. invalid

3. A. danger B. death C. debt D. despair

4. A. waste B. rubbish C. essence D. mixture

5. A. container B. origin C. house D. home

6. A. result B. impression C. effect D. motivation

7. A. founded B. found C. funded D. fixed

8. A. defence B. support C. preservation D. rescue

9. A. continue B. endure C. prolong D. survive

10. A. occurs B. pollutes C. threatens D. suffers

Exercise 5: Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

Television is one of man’s most important (1)____ of communication. It brings (2) ____

and sounds from around the world into millions of homes. A person with a television set can sit

in his house and watch the President (3) ____ a speech or visit a foreign country. He can see a

war being fought and watch statesmen try to (4) ____ peace. (5) ____ television, home

viewers can see and learn about people, places, and things in faraway lands. TV even takes

viewers out of this world. It brings them (6) ____ of America’s astronauts as the astronauts

explore outer space.

(7) ____ all these things, television brings its viewers a steady stream of programmes

that are (8) ____ to entertain. In fact, TV provides many more (9) ____ programmes than any

other kind. The programmes include action-packed dramas, light comedies, sporting (10) ____,

and motion pictures.

1. A. procedure B. means C. manner D. technology

2. A. pictures B. images C. visages D. portraits

3. A. compose B. type C. computerize D. make

4. A. bring about B. make out C. bring round D. move around

Page 92: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-162- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

5. A. In B. Because of C. At D. Through

6. A. covering B. views C. coverage D. looks

7. A. In addition to B. As to C. Beside D. By

8. A. designed B. patterned C. monitored D. built up

9. A. excitement B. distraction C. fun D. entertainment

10. A. happenings B. events C. occurrences D. meetings

Reading Comprehension Exercises

Exercise 1: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D indicate the correct

answer to each of the questions.

Hundreds of thousands of persons each year fall to prey some types cancer; but new

methods radiation therapy have enabled doctors to save more lives than ever before. Medical

researches have developed several experimental forms of this time-honored cancer treatment

that seem effective in fighting diseases.

One promising approach involves exposing cancer cells to radiation by implanting a

radioactive source directly into the malignant tissue. This progress greatly increases the dosage

and thus the effectiveness of the treatment. Another technique utilizes drugs to make cancer cells

more susceptible to the effects of radiation and to make normal cells more resistant. Certain

drugs are able to neutralize the genetic framework of cancer cell, thus making them more easily

affected by radiation. Both techniques have been more positive results in the treatment of

inoperable brain tumors.

These and other methods have helped to raise the recovery rate for cancer victims from

30 per cent 40 years ago to around 50 per cent today. This is encouraging news for those who

fall prey to one of the world’s leading killers.

1. What is the author’s main purpose in the passage?

A. To provide statistical information on cancer.

B. To argue for new methods of cancer treatment.

C. To illustrate new techniques of radiation therapy.

D. To give the result of recent cancer research.

2. According to the passage, which of the following is true about radiation therapy?

A. There is only one effective form of this therapy.

B. It saves millions of lives each year.

C. It is an accepted method of cancer treatment.

D. It causes the incidence of cancer to rise dramatically.

3. The word “malignant” most closely means ____.

A. disease B. experimental C. treated D. poisonous

4. According to the passage, radiation therapy is most effective when ____.

A. drugs are used to relax the cancer patient

B. the cancer is directly exposed to the radioactive material

C. it is used on as many patients as possible

D. the cancer cells are resistant to treatment

5. It can be inferred from the passage that ____.

A. improvements in cancer treatment during the last half century have been relatively

ineffective

B. the number of deaths caused by cancer has decreased substantially

C. fewer people are susceptible to the effects of cancer

D. scientists are close to eliminating cancer entirely

Exercise 2: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct

answer to each of the questions.

Page 93: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-163- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

European concern for wildlife was outlined by Dr. Peter Baum, an expert on the

environment and nature resources division of the council, when he spoke at a conference

arranged by the administrators of a British national park. The park is one of the few areas in

Europe to hold the council’s diploma for nature reserves of the highest quality, and Dr. Baum

had come to present it to the park once again. He was afraid that public opinion was turning

against national parks, and that those set up in the 1960s and 1970s could not be set up today.

But Dr. Baum clearly remained a strong supporter of the view that natural environments needed

to be allowed to survive in peace in their own right.

No area could be expected to survive both as a true nature reserve and as a tourist

attraction, he went on. The short view that reserves had to serve immediately human demands

for outdoor recreation should be replaced by full acceptance of their importance as places to

preserve nature for the future.

“We forget that they are the guarantee of life systems, on which any built-up area

ultimately depends,” Dr. Baum went on. “We could manage without most industrial products,

but we could not manage without nature. However, our natural environment areas, which are

the original parts of our countryside, have shrunk to become mere islands in a spoiled and highly

land mass.”

1. Recent studies by the Council of Europe show that ____.

A. it is only in Britain that wildlife needs more protection

B. all species of wildlife in Europe are in danger of dying out

C. there are fewer species of reptiles and butterflies in Europe than elsewhere

D. certain species of reptiles and butterflies in Europe need protecting

2. Dr. Baum, a representative of the Council, visited one particular British national park

because ____.

A. he was presenting the park with a diploma for its achievement

B. he was concerned about how the park was being run

C. it was the only national park of its kind in Europe

D. it was the only park which had ever received a diploma from the Council

3. Although it is difficult nowadays to convince the public of the importance of nature reserves,

Dr. Baum felt that ____.

A. people would support moves to create more environment areas

B. people would carry on supporting those natural parks in existence

C. existing natural parks would need to be more independent to survive

D. certain areas of countryside should be left undisturbed by man

4. In Dr. Baum’s opinion, a true nature reserve ____.

A. could never survive in a modem age

B. should provide buildings for human activities

C. should be regarded as a place where nature is protected

D. could provide special areas for tourists to enjoy

5. Although we all depend on the resources of nature for our survival ____.

A. industrial products are replacing all our natural resources

B. it is only on islands that nature survives

C. we have forgotten what our original countryside looks like

D. we have allowed areas of countryside to be split by industrial development

Exercise 3: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D indicate the correct

answer to each of the questions.

Let children learn to judge their own work. A child learning to talk does not learn by

being corrected all the time: if corrected too much, he will stop talking. He notices a thousand

times a day the difference between the language he uses and the language those around him use.

Bit by bit, he makes the necessary changes to make his language like other people’s. In the same

Page 94: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-164- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

way, children learn to do all the other things, they learn to do without being taught - to walk,

run, climb, whistle, ride a bicycle - compare their own performances with those of more skilled

people, and slowly make the needed changes. But in school, we never give a child a chance to

find out his mistakes for himself, let alone correct them. We do it all for him. We act as if we

thought that he would never notice a mistake unless he was made to. Soon he becomes dependent

on the teacher. Let him do it himself. Let him work out, with the help of other children if he

wants it, what this word says, what the answer is to that problem, whether this is a good way of

saying or doing this or not.

If it is a matter of right answer, as it may be in mathematics or science, give him the

answer book. Let him correct his own papers. Why should teachers waste time on such ridiculous

work? Our job should be to help the child when he tells us that he cannot find the way to get the

right answer. Let’s end all this nonsense of grades, exams, marks. Let us throw them all out, and

let the children learn what all educated persons must some day learn, how to measure their own

understanding, how to know what they know or do not know.

Let them get on with this job in the way that seems most sensible to them, with our help

as school teachers if they ask for it. The idea that there is a body of knowledge to be learnt at

school and used for the rest of one’s life is nonsense in a world as complicated and rapidly

changing as ours. Anxious parents and teachers say, “But suppose they fail to learn something

essential, something they will go out into the world and learn it.”

1. What does the author think is the best way for children to learn things?

A. By copying what other people do.

B. By making mistakes and having them corrected.

C. By listening to explanations from skilled people.

D. By asking a great many questions.

2. What does the author think teachers do which they should not do?

A. They give children correct answers.

B. They point out children’s mistakes to them.

C. They allowed children to mark their own work.

D. They encourage children to copy from one another.

3. The passage suggests that learning to speak and learning to ride a bicycle are ____.

A. not really important skills B. more important than other skills

C. basically different from learning adult skills D. basically the same as learning other skills

4. Exams, grades, and marks should be abolished because children’s progress should only be

estimated by ____.

A. educated persons B. the children themselves C. teachers D. parents

5. The author fears that children will grow up into adults who are ____.

A. too independent of others B. too critical of themselves

C. unable to think for themselves D. unable to use basic skills

Exercise 4: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet

to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

The planet Earth is 4,600 million years old. It is difficult for us to think about such an

enormous length of time because it has little meaning for us. We can, however, simplify the idea

to make it more understandable. We can compare the planet Earth to a person of forty-six years

of age.

Nothing is known about the first seven years of this person’s life. Very little information

exists about the middle period either. It was only at the age of forty-two that the Earth began to

flower.

Dinosaurs and great reptiles did not appear until one year ago, when the planet was forty-

five. Mammals only arrived eight months ago. In the middle of last week, man like apes became

Page 95: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-165- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

ape-like men and began to communicate with each other. Last weekend, the Ice Age covered

the Earth.

Modern man has only been around for four hours. During the last hour, man discovered

agriculture. The Industrial Revolution and the rise of large cities began just sixty seconds ago.

During that short time, modern man has made a rubbish tip of the Earth. In one minute,

he has increased his numbers to terrible proportions, and has caused the death of hundreds of

species of animals. He has robbed and destroyed the planet in his search for fuels, now he stands

like violent, spoilt child, delighted at the speed of his rise to power on the edge of the final mass

destruction and of killing all the life which exists in the solar system.

1. The passage tells us that____.

A. a great deal is known about how the Earth was created

B. life on Earth began relatively recently

C. more is known about the first part of the Earth’s life than the mid part

D. scientists are well-informed about the middle part of the Earth’s life

2. We are informed by the author that____.

A. the dinosaurs appeared during the middle period

B. mammals and great reptiles both appeared at the same time

C. there were more than forty-five kinds of great reptiles

D. ape-like men appeared before the last Ice Age

3. The author is mainly interested in____.

A. the time when man first evolved from apes

B. what has happened since the Industrial Revolution

C. the effects of farming

D. the period before the last Ice Age

4. It would appear that the main danger ahead is that____.

A. man will destroy everything on Earth B. man will use up all the fuels

C. there will be population explosion D. more species of animals may die out

5. The author’s general view of man seems to be that ____.

A. he has no right to be so destructive B. he has been the most successful animal

C. he will be able to control the environment D. he has learned a lot from past mistakes

Exercise 5: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D your answer sheet to

indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

One of the most difficult questions to answer is how much a job is worth. We naturally

expect that a doctor’s salary will be higher than a bus conductor’s wages. But the question

becomes much more difficult to answer when we compare, say, a miner with an engineer, or an

unskilled man working on an oil-rig in the North Sea with a teacher in a secondary school. What

the doctor, the engineer, and the teacher have in common is that they have devoted

several years of their lives to studying in order to obtain the necessary qualifications for their

professions. We feel instinctively that these skills and these years, when they were studying

instead of earning money, they should be rewarded. At the same time we recognize that the work

of the miner and the oil-rig laborers is both hard and dangerous, and that they must be highly

paid for the risks they take.

Another factor we must take into consideration is how socially useful a man’s work is,

regardless of the talents he may bring to it. Most people would agree that looking after the sick

or teaching children is more important than, say, selling second-hand cars or improving the taste

of toothpaste by adding a red stripe to it. Yet it is almost certain that the used-car salesman earns

more than the nurse, and the research chemist earns more than the school-teacher.

Indeed, this whole question of just rewards can be turned on its head. You can argue that

a man who does a job which brings him personal satisfaction is already receiving part of his

reward in the form of a so-called ‘psychic wage’, and that it is the van with the boring, repetitive

Page 96: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-166- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

job who needs more money to make up for the soul-destroying monotony of his work. It is

significant that those jobs which are traditionally regarded as ‘vocation’ - nursing, teaching, and

the Church, for example - continue to be poorly paid, while others, such as those in the world of

sports or entertainment, carry financial rewards out of all proportion to their social worth.

Note: say (EXPRESSION): used to express surprise or pleasure, or to attract attention to what

you are about to say

1. The professional man, such as the doctor, should be well-paid because____.

A. he has spent several years learning how to do his job

B. his work involves much greater intelligence than, say, a bus conductor’s

C. he has to work much harder than most other people

D. he knows more than other people about his subject (he is a specialist)

2. It is difficult to compare a doctor and a miner because ____.

A. a miner’s work is not as useful as a doctor’s

B. each is a specialist in his own field

C. a miner has to learn just as many skills to be able to do his job well

D. a miner’s job is less skilled but on the other hand it is more dangerous

3. You can compare an engineer with a teacher because ____.

A. they both do useful work

B. they both earn the same kind of salary

C. one does socially important work and the other does dangerous work

D. they have both spent several years in training

4. As far as rewarding people for their work is concerned, the writer believes that ____.

A. we should pay for socially useful work, regardless of the person’s talent

B. we should pay people according to their talents

C. market forces will determine how much a person is paid

D. qualified people should be the highest paid

5. The argument of the “psychic wage” is used to explain why ____.

A. people who do socially important work are not always well paid

B. people who do monotonous jobs are highly paid

C. you should not try to compare the pay of different professions

D. some professional people are paid more than others

Exercise 6: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D your answer sheet to

indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Many countries face a somewhat more serious economic problem in the form of an

unfavorable trade balance with other nations. Such an imbalance exists when the total value of

a country’s imports exceeds that of its exports. For example, if a country buys $10 billion in

products from other countries, yet sells $10 billion of its own products overseas, its trade is $20

billion. Many underdeveloped nations find themselves in this position because they lack natural

resources or the industrial capacity to use these resources, and thus have to import raw materials

or manufactured goods.

One effect of a trade deficit is the flow of currency out of a country. In the case of an

underdeveloped nation, this can cause many financial difficulties including failure to meet debt

payments and obstacles to creation of an industrial base. Even in the case of a fully developed

nation such as the Unit States, a large trade deficit is reason for alarm. American products, made

by well-paid workers in U.S. industries, cost more to produce than those made in places like

Asia, where labor and material costs are much lower. Money spent on foreign products is money

not spent on items produced by domestic industries.

1. What does the passage mainly discuss?

A. Several worldwide economic problems.

Page 97: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-167- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

B. The causes and consequences of trade deficits.

C. Lack of resources in underdeveloped countries.

D. The value of exports versus imports.

2. According to the passage, when does a trade imbalance occur?

A. A country has a serious economic problem.

B. A country sells more products overseas than its imports.

C. The value of the products a country imports is greater than the value of the products it

exports.

D. A country cannot develop its natural resources.

3. The passage states that many underdeveloped nations have trade deficits because ____.

A. they find themselves in this position

B. they export most of their natural resources to other nations

C. they have to import most of their natural resources or manufactured products

D. they have failed to meet debt payments

4. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a possible cause of a trade imbalance?

A. Low labor and material costs in Asian countries.

B. A lack of natural resources.

C. An underdeveloped industrial base.

D. The high cost of exported items.

5. It can be inferred from this passage that American industries ____.

A. do not pay their workers sufficient wages

B. are hurt by a trade imbalance

C. import labor and material from overseas

D. provide a strong industrial base that prevents a trade deficit

Exercise 7: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet

to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

Before extensive industrialization took place in Europe, the extended family was

common, and the home was also the workplace. People plied various crafts and trades at home

and then sold the products of their labor in the local market place. As the workplace was centred

in the home, all members of the household contributed their labor directly and indirectly.

Extended families were common because each member actually participated in the family’s

economic function. In a typical example, the grandmother would mind the baby and sort the raw

wool, the mother and daughter would spin and weave, the father would till the fields, the son

would gather wood, and the grandfather would mind the animals.

The advent of industrialization in the I8lh century changed this lifestyle. Large factories

were established which replaced the cottage industries.

People were therefore forced to migrate to the towns for employment. Living and

working conditions in the town meant that the extended family ceased to be viable. A smaller

family unit became the most practical in the new industrial centres and, in fact, did become the

norm.

This small or nuclear family was well suited to an industrialized society because of its

mobility. To gain employment and accept promotion, the family breadwinner might be. required

to move from one place to another. It is relatively easier to move a small family group than a

large one, and such geographic mobility would be impossible for an extended family.

In non-industrialized societies where the extended family is the norm, members other

than parents assume many of the tasks and responsibilities associated with child care and

education. In industrialized societies these functions are often performed for the nuclear family

by specially trained people outside the family network.

An extended family often assumes the responsibility of supporting and caring for

members who are too old, young or infirm to work. This care is undertaken by members who

have not joined the workforce. In an industrialized society the state or government can assume

Page 98: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-168- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

responsibility for these people. A country where this occurs is said to be a welfare state. In the

welfare state, the government provides institutions for those in need of constant care, and

financial support for those who are disadvantaged.

Although it is the case that the 18lh century extended family structure hardly exists in

industrialized societies today, other forms of the extended family are known. For instance,

families with more than three generations can live in one house, although they may work in

different places. On the other hand, some extended families can work together but live

separately.

Notes: to mind = to take care of;

norm (n) = the standard

1. The extended family is ____.

A. typical of an industrialized society

B. typical of a welfare state

C. typical of an non-industrialized society

D. very common in areas where there are large factories

2. The nuclear family is ____.

A. one with no other members than the parents and the children

B. one whose grandfather minds the animals and grandmother minds baby

C. one where only the father works

D. one that moves from one place to another to make a living

3. Living and working conditions in industrial towns ____.

A. make it necessary for people to live in small families

B. make extended families more preferable

C. make it easier for small families to move from one place to another

D. make families have more members

4. In a welfare state, ____.

A. most people live in institutions provided by the government

B. it is the government that provides care and financial support for those who are too old to

work

C. all the members of the family have to join the workforce

D. All are correct

5. ____ mainly assumes responsibility of educating children in industrialized society.

A. The government B. The nuclear family C. The teacher D. The grandparent

Exercise 8: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct

answer to each of the questions.

Through a series of experiments an American scientists has obtained an understanding

of the social structure of the most complex of ant societies. The ants examined are the only

creatures other than man to have given up hunting and collecting for a completely agricultural

way of life. In their underground nests, they cultivate gardens on soil made from finely chopped

leaves. This is a complex operation requiring considerable division of labour. The workers of

this type of ant can be divided into four groups according to size. Each of the groups performs

a particular set of jobs.

The making and care of the gardens and the nursing of the young ants are done by the

smallest workers. Slightly larger workers are responsible for chopping up leaves to make them

suitable for use in the gardens and for cleaning the nest. A third group of still larger ants do the

construction work and collect fresh leaves from outside the nest. The largest are the soldier ants,

responsible for defending the nest.

To find out how good the various size-groups are at different tasks, the scientist measured

the amount of work done by the ants against the amount of energy they used. He examined first

the gathering and carrying of the leaves. He selected one of the size-groups. and then measured

Page 99: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-169- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

how effectively these ants could find leaves and run back to the nest. Then he repeated the

experiment for each of the other size-groups. In this way he could see whether any group could

do the job more efficiently than the group normally undertaking it.

The intermediate-sized ants that normally perform this task proved to be the most

efficient for their energy costs, but when the scientist examined he whole set of jobs performed

by each group of ants it appeared that some sizes of worker ant were not ideally suited to the

particular jobs they performed.

1. In which way are the ants different from other non-human societies?

A. They do not need to search for food. B. They do not need to look for shelter.

C. Individuals vary in social status. D. Individuals perform different functions.

2. It seems that smaller ants perform more of the ____.

A. construction tasks B. domestic tasks C. defensive work D. heavy work

3. “good” (first line of third paragraph) refers to the ants’ ____.

A. co-operation in working B. sense of responsibility

C. efficiency in working D. willingness to work hard

4. The scientist’s work was based on ____.

A. occasional observations B. systematic observations

C. observations of several nests D. observations of an undisturbed nest

5. The organization of the ants has the effect of ____.

A. getting the most work done B. dividing the work up systematically

C. each ant helping with all the tasks D. each ant doing what it can do best

Exercise 9: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or Di indicate the correct

answer to each of the questions.

After two decades of growing student enrollments and economic prosperity, business

schools in the United States have started to face harder times. Only Harvard MBA School has

shown a substantial increase in enrollment in recent years. Both Princeton and Stanford have

seen decreases in their enrollments. Since 1990, the number of people receiving Masters in

Business Administration (MBA) degrees has dropped about 3 percent to 75,00 and the trend of

lower enrollment rates is expected to continue.

There are two factors causing this decrease in students’ seeking an MBA degree. The

first one is that many graduates of four-year colleges are finding that an MBA degree does not

guarantee a plush job on Wall Street, or in other financial districts of major American cities.

Many of the entry-level management jobs are going to students graduating with Master of Arts

degrees in English and the humanities as well as those holding MBA degrees. Students have

asked the question, “Is an MBA degree really what I need to be best prepared for getting a good

job?”. The second major factor has been the cutting of American payrolls and the lower number

of entry-level jobs being offered. Business needs are changing, and MBA schools are struggling

to meet the new demands.

1. What is the main focus of this passage?

A. jobs on Wall Street

B. types of graduates degrees

C. changes in enrollment for MBA schools

D. how schools are changing to reflect the economy

2. The word “prosperity” in the first paragraph could be best replaced which of the following?

A. success B. surplus C. nurturing D. education

3. Which of the following business schools has NOT shown a decrease in enrollment?

A. Princeton B. Harvard C. Stanford D. Yale

4. The phrase “trend of” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to which of the following?

A. reluctance of B. drawback to C. movement forward D. extraction from

Page 100: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-170- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

5. As used, the word “seeking” in the second paragraph could best be replaced by which of the

following?

A. examining B. avoiding C. seizing D. pursuing

6. Which of the following descriptions most likely applies to Wall Street?

A. a center for international affairs B. a major financial center

C. a shopping district D. a neighborhood of New York

7. The word “plush” in the second paragraph most probably means ____.

A. legal B. satisfactory C. fancy D. dependable

8. According to the passage, what are two causes of declining business school enrollments?

A. lack of necessity for an MBA and an economic recession

B. low salary and foreign competition

C. fewer MBA schools and fewer entry-level jobs

D. declining population and economic prosperity

9. As used, the word “struggling” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to ____.

A. evolving B. plunging C. starting D. striving

10. Which of the following might be the topic of the next paragraph?

A. MBA schools’ efforts to change B. future economic predictions

C. a history of the recent economic changes D. descriptions of non-MBA graduate programs

Exercise 10: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct

answer to each of the questions.

A pilot cannot fly a plane by sight alone. In many conditions, such as flying at night and

landing in dense fog, a pilot must use radar, an alternative way of navigating. Since human eyes

are not very good at determining speeds of approaching objects, radar can show a pilot how fast

nearby planes are moving.

The basic principle of radar is exemplified by what happens when one shouts in a cave.

The echo of the sounds against the walls helps a person determine the size of the cave. With

radar, however, the waves are radio waves instead of sound waves. Radio waves travel at the

speed of light, about 300,000 kilometers in one second. A radar set sends out a short burst of

radiation waves. Then it receives the echoes produced when the waves bounce off objects. By

determining the time it takes for the echoes to return to the radar set, a trained technician can

determine the distance between the radar set and other objects. The word “radar”, in fact, gets

its name from the term “radio detection and ranging”. “Ranging” is the term for detection of the

distance between an object and the radar set. Besides being of critical importance to pilots, radar

is essential for air traffic control, tracking ships at sea, and for tracking weather systems and

storms.

1. What is the main topic of this passage?

A. the nature of radar B. types of ranging C. alternatives to radar D. history of radar

2. According to the passage, what can radar detect besides location of objects?

A. size B. weight C. speed D. shape

3. Which of the following words best describes the tone of this passage?

A. argumentative B. imaginative C. explanatory D. humorous

4. The phrase “a burst” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning which of the following?

A. an attachment B. a discharge C. a stream D. a ray

5. The word “it” in paragraph 2 refers to which of the following?

A. a radar set B. a short burst C. a radiation wave D. light

6. Which of the following could best replace the word “bounce”?

A. overturn B. groove C. extend D. rebound

7. Which type of waves does radar use?

A. sound B. heat C. radio D. light

8. The word “tracking” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to which of the

following?

Page 101: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-171- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. repairing B. searching for C. glancing at D. fighting

9. Which of the following would most likely be the topic of the paragraph?

A. other uses of radar B. uses of sonar technology

C. other technology used by pilots D. a history of flying

10. What might be inferred about radar?

A. It takes the place of a radio. B. It gave birth to the invention of the airplane.

C. It developed from a study of sound waves. D. It has improved navigational safety.

Exercise 11: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D indicate the correct

answer to each of the questions.

Carnegie Hall, the famous concert hall in New York, has again undergone a restoration.

While this is not the first, it is certainly the most extensive in the building’s history. As a result

of this new restoration, Carnegie Hall once again has the quality of sound that it had when it was

first built.

Carnegie Hall owes its existence to Andrew Carnegie, the wealthy owner of a steel

company in the late 1800s. The hall was finished in 1891 and quickly gained a reputation as an

excellent performing arts hall where accomplished musicians gained fame. Despite its

reputation, however, the concert hall suffered from several detrimental renovations over the

years. During the Great Depression, when fewer people could afford to attend performances, the

directors sold part of the building to commercial businesses. As a result, a coffee shop was

opened in one corner of the building, for which the builders replaced the brick and terra cotta

walls with windowpanes. A renovation in 1946 seriously damaged the acoustical quality of the

hall when the makers of the film Carnegie Hall cut a gaping hole in the dome of the ceiling to

allow for lights and air vents. The hole was later covered with short curtains and a fake ceiling,

but the hall never sounded the same afterwards.

In 1960, the violinist Isaac Stem became involved in restoring the hall after a group of

real estate developers unveiled plans to demolish Carnegie Hall and build a high-rise office

building on the site. This threat spurred Stem to rally public support for Carnegie Hall and

encouraged the city of New York to buy the property. The movement was successful, and the

concert hall is now owned by the city. In the current restoration, builders tested each new

material for its sound qualities, and they replaced the hole in the ceiling with a dome. The

builders also restored the outer walls to their original appearance and closed the coffee shop.

Carnegie Hall has never sounded better, and its prospects for the future have never looked more

promising.

1. This passage is mainly about ____.

A. changes to Carnegie Hall

B. the appearance of Carnegie Hall

C. Carnegie Hall’s history during the Great Depression

D. damage to the ceiling in Carnegie Hall

2. The word “extensive” in the first paragraph could be best replaced by which of the

following?

A. fabulous B. thorough C. devoted D. continuous

3. What is the meaning of the word “detrimental” in the second paragraph?

A. dangerous B. significant C. extreme D. harmful

4. What major change happened to the hall in 1946?

A. The acoustic dome was damaged.

B. Space in the building was sold to commercial businesses.

C. The walls were damaged in an earthquake.

D. The stage was renovated.

5. What was Isaac Stem’s relationship to Carnegie Hall?

A. He made the movie “Carnegie Hall” in 1946.

Page 102: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-172- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

B. He performed on opening night in 1891.

C. He tried to save the hall, beginning in I960.

D. He opened a coffee shop in Carnegie Hall during the Depression.

6. What was probably the most important aspect of the recent renovation?

A. restoring the outer wall B. expanding the lobby

C. restoring the plaster trim D. repairing the ceiling

7. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “unveiled” in the third paragraph?

A. announced B. restricted C. overshadowed D. located

8. The author uses the word “spurred” in the third paragraph to show that Stern ____.

A. predicted the result B. probed the plans

C. was told in advance D. was stimulated to act

9. How does the author seem to feel about the future of Carnegie Hall?

A. ambiguous B. guarded C. optimistic D. negative

10. Which of the following would most likely be the topic of the ne paragraph?

A. a scientific explanation of acoustics and the nature of sound

B. a description of people’s reactions to the newly renovated hall

C. a discussion of the coffee shop that once was located in the building

D. further discussion about the activities of Isaac Stern in 1960

Exercise 12: Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D indicate the correct

answer to each of the questions.

Situated in the central mountains of Alaska, a peak named Denali rises 20,320 feet above

sea level. It is the highest peak in North America and the center of Denali National Park. One of

America’s greatest wilderness areas, the park has had limited access to visitors, but in spite of

this tourism rose from under 6,000 visitors in 1950 to over 546,000 visitors in 1990. The

increasing popularity of this park is prompting serious discussions about the future use of Denali

as well as how to preserve wilderness areas in general.

One important issue of land use arises when parts of National Parks are owned by

individuals. In Denali, though most of the land in this vast tract of more than a million acres is

owned by the National Park Service, several thousand acres are still privately owned as mining

tracts. These mining tracts in Denali were once abundant sources of gold, but they were sources

of heavy metals such as arsenic and lead that polluted rivers and streams.

Environmentalists were successful in getting the government to require mining

companies to submit statements showing the potential impact of a mining project before they

are allowed to begin mining. Because of this requirement, many individuals closed their mines

and some sold their land to the National Park Service. Some land owners, however, are

wondering if it is better to sell their land to the government or keep it for possible future use.

Tourism in this previously remote area is bound to rise, as more roads are built to provide easier

access to the park. This increase in the. number of visitors creates a demand for hotels and other

real estate development. The economic implications of this are of interests to the land owners,

but are dismaying to those interested in preserving the wilderness.

1. What is the primary focus of this passage?

A. controversies over land use in Denali B. miners selling their property in Denali

C. Alaska building more roads to Denali D. limiting tourist access to Denali

2. The word “prompting” in the first paragraph could best be replaced b which of the

following?

A. promising B. sanctioning C. initiating D. trapping

3. The word “arises” in the second paragraph could be best replaced by ____.

A. surrenders B. occurs C. volunteers D. prospers

4. The word “tract” in the second paragraph as used in the passage refers to which of the

following?

A. trail B. resort C. frontier D. expanse

5. Which of the following is most similar to the word “abundant” in the second paragraph?

Page 103: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-173- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

A. plentiful B. sparse C. hopeful D. absolute

6. According to the passage, which of the following are pollutants in the Denali area?

A. gold B. pesticides C. human waste D. arsenic

7. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the phrase “potential impact” in the third

paragraph?

A. appropriate cost B. expected value C. proposed size D. possible effects

8. The author infers that some mine owners might hesitate to sell their land to the Park Service

for which of the following reasons?

A. There may be increasing demand for the ore in the mines.

B. They might want to build a house on their property.

C. They might receive more money selling their lands to developers.

D. They might want to move to the towns.

9. What is the author’s purpose in writing this passage?

A. to demonstrate the changes in Denali National Park

B. to use Denali as an example of common park issues

C. to introduce the wonders of the wilderness area of Denali

D. to explain the problems occurring in Denali Park

10. Which of the following would most likely be the topic of the next paragraph in this passage?

A. conflict between land owners arid environmentalists

B. the role of the National Park Service in development

C. tourist needs in Denali Park

D. wildlife in the park

PHẦN IV: PHONOLOGY Bài tập Ngữ âm trong các đề thi trắc nghiệm tiếng Anh thường kiểm tra cách phát âm đúng các

từ, trong đó có các nguyên âm, phụ âm, và trọng âm từ, bao gồm 2 dạng bài tập sau:

- Bài tập về cách phát âm (nguyên âm, phụ âm, tập hợp âm)

- Bài tập về trọng âm từ

Bài tập về cách phát âm có thể kiểm tra cách phát âm của 1 chữ cái hoặc nhiều chữ cái.

Ví dụ: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other

words.

1. A. such B. cut C. put D. shut (đáp án C)

2. A. shown B. flown C. grown D. crown (đáp án D)

Các chữ cái được kiểm tra có thể giống nhau, nhưng cũng có thể khác nhau.

Ví dụ: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other

words.

1. A. accountant B. amount C. founding D. country (đáp án D)

2. A. forget B. forty C. comfort D. mother (đáp án B)

I. NGUYÊN ÂM

Chữ cái a thường được phát âm là: 1. /æ/: map, national

2. /ei/: take, nature

3. /ɔ:/ (đặc biệt trước chữ cái l): all, altogether

4. /ɒ/: want, quality

5. /e/: many, any

6. /ɪ/: message, dosage

7. /ə/: afraid, familiar

8. /ɑ:/: after, car

Chữ cái e thường được phát âm là:

Page 104: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-174- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

1. /e/: educate, flexible

2. /ɪ/: explore, replace

3. /i:/: fever, gene

4. /ə/: interest, camera

Chữ cái i thường được phát âm là:

1. /ɪ/: fit, slippery

2. /aɪ/: strive, mice

3. /ə/: terrible, principle

Chữ cái o thường được phát âm là:

1. /ɒ/: bottle, floppy

2. /ɔ:/: boring, lord

3. /ʌ/: son, done

4. /əʊ/: go, post

5. /ə/: computer, purpose

6. /wʌ/: one /wʌn/, once /wʌns/

Chữ cái u thường được phát âm là:

1. /ʊ/: put, push

2. /u:/: include

3. /ju:/: computer, human

4. /ʌ/: much, cut

5. /ə/: success

6. /ɜ:/: burn

Chữ cái y thường được phát âm là:

1. /ɪ/: physics, myth

2. /i/: city, worry

3. /aɪ/: shy, multiply

Nhóm

chữ cái

Cách phát

âm thường

gặp

Ví dụ Nhóm

chữ cái

Cách phát

âm thường

gặp

Ví dụ

-ai- /eɪ/ main, entertain -oa- /əʊ/ load, toast

/eə/ fair, armchair /ɔ:/ abroad, broaden

-ay- /eɪ/ say, stay -oe- /əʊ/ toe, foe

-au- /ɔ:/ audience,

naughty -oi- /-oy- /ɔɪ/ voice, join, joy

-aw- /ɔ:/ awful, law /u:/ tool, moon

/e/ dead -oo- /ʊ/ book, foot

/eɪ/ great, break /ʌ/ flood, blood

-ea- /i:/ bean, beat /ʊ/ could, would

/iə/ fear, year /u:/ group, souvenir

/ɜ:/ heard, earth /ə/ famous,

tremendous

/eɪ/ eight, weight -ou- /ʌ/ trouble, couple

-ei- /i:/ deceive, ceiling /əʊ/ soul, mould

/aɪ/ height /ɑʊ/ mouse, account

Page 105: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-175- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

-ey- /eɪ/ hey, convey -ow- /ɑʊ/ cow, brown

/i:/ key /əʊ/ throw, know

/i:/ pjece, relieve -ui- /ɪ/ build, guitar

/aɪ/ tie, lie -uy- /ɑɪ/ buy, guy

-ie- /ə/ ancient,

proficient -ew- /ju:/ new, dew

/ɑɪə/ quiet, society -ee- /i:/ cheese, employee

/iə/ engineer, deer

Chú ý: Những quy tắc trên chỉ là những cách đọc phổ biến, chúng ta còn gặp những trường hợp ngoại

lệ. Cách phát âm các nguyên âm còn khác nhau ở các từ loại khác nhau:

invite (v) /in’vait/ invitation (n) /,invi’teiʃn/

nature (n) /’neitʃə/ natural (a) /’nætʃərl/

II. PHỤ ÂM

Chú ý một số trường hợp sau:

Chữ cái c thường được phát âm là:

1. /k/: can, close

2. /s/ (đặc biệt khi nó đứng trước i, e, y): city, certify, cycle

3. /ʃ/: special, ocean

Chữ cái d thường được phát âm là: 1. /d/: day, demand

2. /ʤ/: educate, graduate

Chữ cái g thường được phát âm là: 1. /g/: gain, regular

2. /ʤ/ (đặc biệt khi nó đứng trước i, e, y): origin, germ, gymnast

3. /ʒ/: garage, beige

Chữ cái n thường được phát âm là: 1. /n/: not, fun

2. /ŋ/: uncle, drink

Chữ cái s thường được phát âm là: 1. /s/: son, economist

2. /z/: rise, resumption

3. /ʃ/: sure, sugar

4. /ʒ/: usually, occasion

Chữ cái t thường được phát âm là: 1. /t/: ten, pretend

2. /tʃ/: culture, question

3. /ʃ/: mention, initial

Chữ cái x thường được phát âm là: 1. /gz/: example, exist

2. /ks/: box, mixture

3. /kʃ/: luxury, anxious

Nhóm

chữ cái

Cách phát

âm thường

gặp

Ví dụ Nhóm

chữ cái

Cách phát

âm thường

gặp

Ví dụ

-ch- /k/ chemist, mechanic -sh- /ʃ/ share, smash

/tʃ/ chair, lunch -th- /Ɵ/ think, depth

/ʃ/ machine, chef /δ/ them, without

Page 106: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-176- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

-gh-/

-ph-

/f/

rough, laugh

photograph,

paragraph

-qu-

/kw/

queen, require

Cách phát âm tận cùng –s/ –es Có 3 cách phát âm –s/ –es của động từ ngôi thứ 3 số ít thì Simple Present hoặc danh từ số nhiều.

Phát âm là:

- /s/ khi âm cuối của từ đó là: /f/, /k/, /p/, /t/, /Ɵ/

- /iz/ khi âm cuối của từ đó là: /s/, /ʃ/, /tʃ/, /z/,/ʒ/,/ʤ/

- /z/ khi âm cuối của từ là các âm còn lại

Cách phát âm tận cùng –ed Có 3 cách phát âm –ed của động từ có quy tắc (regular verbs). Phát âm là:

- /t/ khi âm cuối của từ đó là: /f/, /k/, /p/, /Ɵ/,/s/, /ʃ/, /tʃ/

- /id/ khi âm cuối của từ đó là: /t/, /d/

- /d/ khi âm cuối của từ là các âm còn lại

III. ÂM CÂM

Một số chữ cái trong 1 số từ, bao gồm cả phụ âm và nguyên âm không được phát âm thành tiếng

được gọi là âm câm (silent sounds). Sau đây là 1 số âm câm thường gặp:

Chữ cái – Trường hợp thường gặp Ví dụ

b đứng cuối trong một số từ (thường đi sau m)

b đứng sau t

climb, dumb, comb

doubt, debt

c đứng trước k

c đứng sau s trong một số từ

snack, dock

scene, muscle, science

d trong 1 số từ handsome, Wednesday

h trong 1 số từ hour, exhausted

gh trong 1 số từ (đặc biệt sau i) weigh, sight

k đứng trước n know, knee, knife

l trong 1 số từ half, could

n đứng sau m autumn, condemn

p đứng đầu 1 từ, theo sau là 1 số phụ âm và 1 số trường hợp khác psychology, receipt

r đứng trước 1 phụ âm khác hoặc đứng cuối từ đó card, park, farm, burn,

neighbour, volunteer

t trong 1 số từ listen, castle

w đứng trước r hoặc h trong 1 số từ wreck, who

IV. TRỌNG ÂM (DẤU NHẤN)

Nhìn chung có 1 số quy tắc để nhận ra trọng âm chính của từ như sau:

1. Đa số các động từ 2 âm tiết có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ 2: attract, begin, deny, forget,

enjoy, pollute, relax...

Ngoại lệ: answer, enter, happen, offer, open, open...

2. Đa số các danh từ và tính từ 2 âm tiết có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất:

Danh từ: children, hobby, habit, labour, trouble, standard...

Tính từ: basic, busy, handsome, lucky, pretty, silly...

Ngoại lệ: advice, reply, machine, mistake...

3. Một số từ có 2 âm tiết vừa là danh từ, vừa là động từ thì danh từ có trọng âm ở âm tiết thứ

nhất, động từ có trọng âm ở âm tiết thứ 2

Danh từ Động từ 'contrast con'trast

Page 107: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-177- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

'decrease de'crease

'desert de'sert

'export ex'port

'import im'port

'present pre'sent

'produce pro'duce

'progress pro'gress

'protest pro'test

'rebel re'bel

'record re'cord

'suspect su'spect

Ngoại lệ: Một số từ sau vừa là danh từ, vừa là động từ nhưng trọng âm chính không đổi:

'answer (n, v) 'offer (n, v)

'picture (n, v) 'promise (n, v)

'travel (n, v) 'visit (n, v)

ad'vice (n, v) re'ply (n, v)

4. Đối với các danh từ ghép viết liền nhau, trọng âm chính thường rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất:

airport, birthday, bookshop, gateway, guidebook, filmmaker...

Danh từ ghép tạo thành từ ngữ động từ (phrasal verbs) có trọng âm chính rơi vào thành phần

thứ nhất còn ngữ động từ tương ứng có trọng âm chính rơi vào thành phần thứ 2 và động từ

nhận trọng âm phụ:

- Danh từ ghép:

'check-up 'check-in

'dropout 'breakdown

'tryout 'walkout

- Ngữ động từ:

,check 'up ,check 'in

,drop 'out ,break 'down

,try 'out ,walk 'out...

5. Một số tính từ ghép có trọng âm chính rơi vào thành phần thứ nhất:

'airsick 'airtight

'homesick 'praiseworthy

'trustworthy 'waterproof

Ngoại lệ: ,duty-'free ,snow-'white

6. Các tính từ ghép có thành phần đầu tiên là tính từ hoặc trạng từ, thành phần thứ 2 tận cùng

là –ed thì trọng âm chính rơi vào thành phần thứ 2.

bad-'tempered short-'sighted

ill-'treated well-'done

well-in'formed well-'known

7. Đối với các từ có tiền tố (prefixes) thì nhìn chung trọng âm không thay đổi so với từ gốc

(nghĩa là trọng âm ít khi rơi vào tiền tố):

successful /sək'sesfl/ unsuccessful /,ʌnsək'sesfl/ able /'eibl/ unable /ʌ'eibl/

Tuy nhiên có một số trường họp ngoại lệ đặc biệt là các từ có tiền tố -under:

underlay /'ʌndəlei/ underpass /'ʌndəpa:s/

8. Đối với các từ có hậu tố thì trọng âm có thể thay đổi, nhưng cũng có thể không thay đổi, và

nếu có sự thay đổi về trọng âm thì cũng có thể có thay đổi về cách phát âm.

Page 108: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-178- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

protect /prə'tekt/ protection /prə'tekʃn/

accident /'æksidənt/ accidental /,æksi'dentl/

Tuy nhiên đối với các trạng từ được tạo thành từ tính từ bằng cách thêm –ly thì không thay đổi

vị trí trọng âm.

9. Các danh từ có hậu tố là -sion, -tion, -cian thì trọng âm chính thường rơi vào âm tiết ngay

trước đó (âm tiết thứ 2 từ cuối lên).

pre'cision ,communi'cation ,mathema'tician

Ngoại lệ: 'television

10. Các danh từ có hậu tố là -ity, -logy, hoặc –graphy thì trọng âm chính thường rơi vào âm tiết

ngay trước đó (âm tiết thứ 3 từ cuối lên).

a'bility tech'nology ge'ography

11. Các tính từ có hậu tố -ic thì trọng âm chính rơi vào âm tiết ngay trước đó (âm tiết thứ 2 từ

cuối lên).

scien'tific his'toric

Các tính từ có hậu tố -ical thì trọng âm chính rơi vào âm tiết ngay trước đó (âm tiết thứ 3 từ cuối

lên).

his'torical elec'trical mathe'matical

12. Những từ có hậu tố sau thì trọng âm chính thường rơi vào âm tiết cuối (chính hậu tố đó).

-ee agree /ə'gri:/ trainee /trei'ni:/

-eer volunteer /,vɒlən'tiə(r)/ engineer /,enʤi'niə(r)/

-ese Vietnamese /,vjetnə'mi:z/

-ique / -esque unique /ju:'ni:k/ picturesque /,piktʃə'resk/

-ain (đối với động từ) retain /ri'tein/ maintain /mein'tein/

Ngoại lệ: committee /kə'miti/ coffee /'kɔfi/ employee /im'plɔɪi:/

EXERCISES

Exercise 1: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the

other words.

1. A. matter B. back C. bag D. talk

2. A. that B. catch C. bad D. wash

3. A. day B. take C. face D. any

4. A. lazy B. lapel C. label D. laborer

5. A. butter B. put C. sugar D. push

6. A. too B. food C. soon D. good

7. A. would B. about C. round D. out

8. A. crew B. blew C. sew D. threw

9. A. come B. love C. women D. some

10. A.happy B. man C. many D. fat

Exercise 2: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the

other words.

1. A. pretty B. get C. send D. well

2. A. children B. child C. line D. sign

3. A. wait B. train C. said D. paid

4. A. mean B. weather C. head D. ready

5. A.those B. lose C. both D. goes

6. A. bus B. busy C. but D. bunch

7. A. wait B. rain C. laid D. hair

8. A. reply B. climb C. sign D. limb

9. A. neighbour B. receive C. weight D. great

10. A. warm B. wash C. wall D. walk

Page 109: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-179- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Exercise 3: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the

other words.

1. A. come B. roll C. comb D. grow

2. A. replace B. purchase C. surface D. palace

3. A. liable B. limit C. revival D. final

4. A. put B. pudding C. pull D. puncture

5. A. ghost B. hostage C. lost D. frosty

6. A. measure B. dreadful C. treasure D. breathe

7. A. suitable B. biscuit C. guilty D. building

8. A. physical B. mythology C. rhythm D. psychology

9. A. nature B. change C. gravity D. basis

10. A. talent B. campus C. many D. marry

Exercise 4: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the other words.

1. A. hasty B. nasty C. tasty D. wastage

2. A. distribute B. tribe C. triangle D. trial

3. A. creature B. creative C. creamy D. crease

4. A. item B. idiom C. idle D. ideal

5. A. title B. destiny C. divine D. alien

6. A. taught B. laugh C. naughty D. slaughter

7. A. double B. enough C. thorough D. couple

8. A. punctual B. rubbish C. frustrate D. furious

9. A. manage B. sat C. add D. black

10. A. plenty B. marry C. merry D. heaven

Exercise 5: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the

other words.

1. A. climb B. find C. tin D. tiny

2. A. traffic B. landscape C. examination D. park

3. A. boot B. book C. hook D. foot

4. A. gather B. father C. hat D. mariage

5. A. bus B. bury C. up D. cut

6. A. head B. heat C. seat D. need

7. A. wild B. driven C. alive D. sign

8. A. penalty B. scenic C. epidemic D. level

9. A. food B. look C. took D. good

10. A. nourish B. flourish C. courageous D. southern

Exercise 6: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the

other words.

1. A. dealt B. dreamt C. heal D. jealous

2. A. slogan B. motor C. total D. proper

3. A. university B. unique C. unit D. undo

4. A. portrait B. painting C. railing D. complaint

5. A. ghost B. hostage C. lost D. frosty

6. A. examine B. famine C. determine D. miner

7. A. knowledge B. flower C. shower D. coward

8. A. practice B. device C. service D. bean

9. A. teacher B. clear C. reason D. mean

10. A. complete B. command C. common D. community

Page 110: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-180- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Exercise 7: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the

other words.

1. A. release B. pleasure C. leaver D. creamy

2. A. too B. good C. soon D. food

3. A. most B. cost C. coast D. host

4. A. head B. heat C. seat D. need

5. A. faithful B. failure C. fairly D. fainted

6. A. course B. court C. coursing D. courage

7. A. watch B. want C. bank D. what

8. A. low B. bow C. know D. slow

9. A. none B. tomb C. tongue D. onion

10. A. name B. flame C. man D. fame

Exercise 8: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the

other words.

1. A. count B. sound C. found D. mould

2. A. noon B. tool C. foot D. spoon

3. A. bush B. brush C. bus D. cup

4. A. dead B. bead C. thread D. bread

5. A. soul B. mould C. foul D. shoulder

6. A. says B. bays C. days D. rays

7. A. too B. food C. soon D. good

8. A. butter B. put C. sugar D. push

9. A. gear B. beard C. pear D. dear

10. A. reject B. regard C. represent D. religion

Exercise 9: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the other words.

1. A.chooses B. houses C. rises D. horses

2. A. suit B. seven C. sugar D. sun

3. A. accurate B. accept C. accident D. success

4. A. cat B. ceiling C. nice D. centre

5. A. think B. thanks C. that D. three

6. A. happy B. hour C. high D. hotel

7. A. who B. where C. what D. why

8. A. off B. of C. safe D. knife

9. A. get B. gentle C. give D. guest

10. A. chair B. cheap C. chemist D. child

Exercise 10: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the other words.

1. A. whole B. when C. which D. while

2. A. measure B. decision C. pleasure D. permission

3. A. while B. which C. who D. white

4. A. chorus B. cherish C. chaos D. scholarship

5. A. honourable B. honesty C. historic D. heir

6. A. research B. resent C. resemble D. resist

7. A. decision B. occasion C. expansion D. erosion

8. A. performed B. finished C. interviewed D. delivered

9. A. theatre B. therefore C. throughout D. thunder

10. A. measure B. leisure C. ensure D. pleasure

Page 111: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-181- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Exercise 11: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the other words.

1. A. looked B. moved C. tried D. opened

2. A. gentle B. get C. game D. gift

3. A. church B. each C. much D. ache

4. A. pitch B. watch C. butcher D. architect

5. A. page B. game C. go D. gift

6. A. sense B. practise C. necessary D. advertise

7. A. chin B. champagne C. child D. charge

8. A. measure B. please C. his D. disease

9. A. practised B. raised C. rained D. followed

10. A. hour B. honest C. heir D. hospital

Exercise 12: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the other words.

1. A. characteristic B. chapter C. chaotic D. archive

2. A. tiles B. follows C. letters D. books

3. A. tension B. precision C. provision D. decision

4. A. laugh B. enough C. plough D. cough

5. A. thank B. thought C. thin D. farther

6. A. think B. there C. theme D. thumb

7. A. south B. truth C. smooth D. both

8. A. loose B. lose C. cease D. dose

9. A. exchange B. ache C. stomach D. architect

10. A. ploughed B. fixed C. laughed D. coughed

Exercise 13: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the other words.

1. A. breath B. breathe C. thank D. threat

2. A. beds B. doors C. students D. plays

3. A. myth B. with C. both D. tenth

4. A. cell B. centre C. city D. cube

5. A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough

6. A. kicked B. blocked C. naked D. locked

7. A. breathe B. breath C. myth D. thigh

8. A. cheese B. choice C. chord D. chunk

9. A. worth B. eighteenth C. path D. with

10. A. likes B. sighs C. heaps D. fuss

Exercise 14: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the other words.

1. A. government B. glory C. worry D. wonder

2. A. promise B. devise C. surprise D. realize

3. A. weight B. height C. eight D. vein

4. A. hood B. hook C. stood D. tool

5. A. natural B. nature C. native D. nation

6. A. terrace B. territory C. terrific D. terror

7. A. kite B. blind C. right D. rigid

8. A. fond B. off C. follow D. honey

9. A. pretty B. level C. lesson D. length

10. A. eight B. weight C. heighten D. freight

Page 112: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-182- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Exercise 15: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the other words.

1. A. that B. hat C. park D. taxi

2. A. bad B. fan C. catch D. wash

3. A. worker B. teacher C. better D. prefer

4. A. monk B. boss C. shop D. got

5. A. tribe B. distribute C. triangle D. trial

6. A. clown B. cow C. plough D. tough

7. A. below B. beverage C. begin D. beneath

8. A. south B. brown C. soup D. house

9. A. comb B. come C. dome D. home

10. A. surgical B. surround C. surrender D. survival

Exercise 16: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the other words.

1. A. opportunity B. menu C. aptitude D. muscular

2. A. karate B. hazard C. glad D. blanket

3. A. master B. ask C. aspect D. castle

4. A. adult B. husband C. mutual D. culture

5. A. bound B. ground C. bounce D. cough

6. A. addition B. adventure C. advertise D. advantage

7. A. dealt B. dreamt C. steal D. jealous

8. A. fame B. change C. champagne D. blame

9. A. coward B. flower C. shower D. knowledge

10. A. use B. umbrella C. union D. unit

STRESS

Exercise 17: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.

1. A. superman B. synthetic C. conversion D. professor

2. A. forests B. singing C. concerning D. burning

3. A. promise B. expensive C. constructive D. original

4. A. simultaneous B. feedback C. different D. errors

5. A. appropriate B. emotional C. pronounce D. situation

6. A. before B. arrive C. imply D. countless

7. A. incredible B. humidity C. environment D. definition

8. A. begin B. mountain C. kingdom D. passage

9. A. dinosaur B. calendar C. eternal D. history

10. A. document B. develop C. opponent D. astonish

Exercise 18: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.

1. A. definition B. production C. situation D. politician

2. A. photography B. qualification C. occasion D. Canadian

3. A. ancient B. edible C. visual D. delicious

4. A. conscious B. speedometer C. thermometer D. parameter

5. A. sufficient B. deficient C. ancient D. efficient

6. A. personal B. entry C. personnel D. sample

7. A. temperature B. decorator C. calculator D. individual

8. A. particular B. subordinate C. several D. constructive

9. A. cultivate B. machine C. terminate D. operate

10. A. prediction B. judgment C. intelligent D. compulsion

Page 113: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-183- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

Exercise 19: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words

1. A. industry

2. A. tunnel

3. A. rainfall

4. A. tableland

5. A. colony

6. A. priority

7. A. address

8. A. urbanization

9. A. computation

10. A. associate

B. memory

B. nightmare

B. inquire

B. artistic

B. maintaining

B. relationship

B. include

B. environment

B. unemployment

B. influential

C. ambiguous

C. retain

C. confide

C. contribute

C. maintenance

C. enthusiast

C. imply

C. communication

C. desirable

C. accountancy

D. advertise

D. thesis

D. machine

D. substantial

D. credible

D. endangerment

D. common

D. unexpectedly

D. satisfaction

D. variety

Exercise 20: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.

1. A. committee

2. A. negative

3. A. relax

4. A. imagine

5. A. sleepy

6. A. original

7. A. authority

8. A. emotional

9. A. reflection

10. A. punctuality

B. internal

B. pioneer

B. wonder

B. confidence

B. trophy

B. responsible

B. necessity

B. simultaneous

B. division

B. recommendation

C. involvement

C. interchange

C. problem

C. appearance

C. facial

C. reasonable

C. academic

C. astrology

C. industry

C. undergraduate

D. margarine

D. understand

D. special

D. discussion

D. exact

D. comparison

D. commercially

D. applicable

D. remember

D. solidarity

Exercise 21: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.

1. A. orientation

2. A. autobiography

3. A. adventurous

4. A. millennium

5. A. intensive

6. A. sacrifice

7. A. recruit

8. A. surface

9. A. conclusion

10. A. popular

B. electricity

B. responsibility

B. petroleum

B. congratulate

B. irritate

B. waterproof

B. retail

B. profound

B. opponent

B. politics

C. disadvantageous

C. familiarization

C. recovery

C. corporation

C. implement

C. attendant

C. answer

C. pursue

C. arrival

C. exciting

D. developmental

D. availability

D. artificial

D. evacuate

D. enterprise

D. literal

D. shortage

D. perform

D. stadium

D. origin

Exercise 22: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.

1. A. community

2. A. accuracy

3. A. accident

4. A. beginner

5. A. ambulance

6. A. attractive

7. A. capacity

8. A. delicate

9. A. disease

10. A. material

B. peninsula

B. individual

B. direction

B. encounter

B. another

B. laboratory

B. language

B. promotion

B. design

B. apologize

C. participant

C. recreation

C. factory

C. disappear

C. government

C. investigate

C. dangerous

C. volcanic

C. moustache

C. disappointed

D. concentration

D. independence

D. hospital

D. remember

D. institute

D. knowledgeable

D. courage

D. resources

D. aspect

D. informative

Exercise 23: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.

1. A. exception B. linguistics C. paragraph D. specific

2. A. authority B. calculation C. exceptional D. photographer

3. A. almost B. solar C. statement D. annoy

4. A. around B. legend C. question D. special

Page 114: MODULE 14 GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES (Danh động từ …ttltdieuhien.edu.vn/public/default/tailieu/tai-lieu-on-thi-dh-2014... · V-ing (chỉ sự tiếp diễn của hành động)

GV: Nguyễn Thiên Thanh

-184- TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC 2014-2015

5. A. family B. mythical C. serious D. umbrella

6. A. product B. purpose C. postcard D. postpone

7. A. conversation B. potentially C. identify D. magnificent

8. A. champion B. composer C. research D. machine

9. A. beauty B. mutual C. Europe D. reduce

10. A. facilitate B. volume C. expensive D. significant

Exercise 24: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.

1. A. altogether B. amphibian C. historical D. psychology

2. A. enjoyable B. enthusiasm C. intelligent D. territory

3. A. overlook B. overnight C. overcome D. overcoat

4. A. bulletin B. enjoyable C. colorful D. beautiful

5. A. amusement B. autograph C. criticize D. fluoride

6. A. ability B. already C. retirement D. uniform

7. A. excellent B. gymnastics C. stadium D. restaurant

8. A. champion B. common C. peaceful D. respect

9. A. eventual B. qualify C. president D. volleyball

10. A. penalty B. personal C. position D. powerful

Exercise 25: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.

1. A. village B. begin C. column D. pity

2. A. average B. aquatic C. athletic D. available

3. A. schedule B. report C. promise D. orbit

4. A. accurate B. customer C. computer D. exercise

5. A. fancy B. portrait C. endless D. require

6. A. disappear B. government C. hurricane D. triangle

7. A. synthetic B. thoroughly C. tornado D. formation

8. A. basket B. blossom C. firewood D. perhaps

9. A. disease B. people C. upset D. upstairs

10. A. grapefruit B. personal C. release D. pumpkin

Exercise 26: Choose the word that has the stress differently from that of the other words.

1. A. authority

2. A. combination

3. A. hockey

4. A. defensive

5. A. eleven

6. A. exhaust

7. A. discharge

8. A. captain

9. A. evaluate

10. A. signature

B. disadvantage

B. satisfaction

B. involve

B. spectator

B. example

B. expect

B. honey

B. belong

B. favorable

B. scholarship

C. photographer

C. transportation

C. review

C. technician

C. origin

C. extra

C. decide

C. respect

C. convenient

C. terminal

D. relationship

D. necessary

D. select

D. wonderful

D. synthetic

D. except

D. appoint

D. avoid

D. relationship

D. transaction